Content deleted Content added

Inline

Latest revision as of 13:00, 28 September 2026

Enswitch Test Cases

This page contains the Enswitch test cases organized by feature/module. The test cases are intended to provide a consistent set of checks for functional changes, UI changes, compatibility, security-related input handling, and other affected areas.

How to use the test cases

Select the feature/module affected by the change.
Run the relevant test cases for the change and any areas that may be affected.
Record the result for each test case using the **Status** column.
Use **Pass**, **Fail**, or **Blocked** as the status values.
Add relevant information in **Notes**, such as an issue number, environment, version, or reason for a blocked test.
If a new issue is identified that is not covered by an existing test case, add a new test case to the appropriate module.

Test Case Status

Status	Meaning
Pass	Test completed successfully and the expected result was observed.
Fail	Test completed and the expected result was not observed.
Blocked	Test could not be completed because of an environment, dependency, data, access, or other blocking issue.

Test Cases

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_LOGIN_001	Login	Verify login page UI layout and elements	User navigates to the login URL (https\://test45.enswitch.com/#/login/)	1. Launch browser. 2. Navigate to the login page.	- Logo, title text ("Please log in."), Username field, Password field, "Log in" button. - "Forgot your password? Click here" link should all be visible and aligned properly.
TC_LOGIN_002	Login	Successful login with valid credentials	User is on the login page	1. Enter valid username. 2. Enter valid password. 3. Click 'Log in' button.	- User should be authenticated successfully and redirected to the main dashboard.
TC_LOGIN_003	Login	Verify navigation to Forgot Password page	User is on the login page	1. Click on "Forgot your password? Click here" link.	- User should be redirected to the password recovery page.
TC_LOGIN_004	Login	Verify Password field characters are masked	User is on the login page	1. Type characters into the Password field.	- Characters typed in the Password field should be displayed as dots/asterisks.
TC_LOGIN_005	Login	Login attempt with empty Username and Password fields	User is on the login page	1. Leave Username blank. 2. Leave Password blank. 3. Click 'Log in' button.	- Validation error message should display (e.g., "Username and Password are required"). - Login fails.
TC_LOGIN_006	Login	Login attempt with invalid Username and valid Password	User is on the login page	1. Enter invalid username. 2. Enter valid password. 3. Click 'Log in' button.	- Error message displayed (e.g., "Invalid username or password"). - Login fails.
TC_LOGIN_007	Login	Login attempt with valid Username and invalid Password	User is on the login page	1. Enter valid username. 2. Enter incorrect password. 3. Click 'Log in' button.	- Error message displayed (e.g., "Invalid username or password"). - Login fails.
TC_LOGIN_008	Login	Input leading and trailing spaces in Username	User is on the login page	1. Enter valid username with leading/trailing spaces. 2. Enter valid password. 3. Click 'Log in' button.	- System should automatically trim spaces and log in successfully, OR reject with a clear error message.
TC_LOGIN_009	Login	Test SQL Injection attempt in input fields	User is on the login page	1. Enter SQL injection payload in Username. 2. Enter SQL payload in Password. 3. Click 'Log in' button.	- Input should be sanitized. - login must fail gracefully with standard validation/error message.
TC_LOGIN_010	Login	Test XSS script execution in input fields	User is on the login page	1. Paste script payload in Username. 2. Click 'Log in'.	- Script should not execute. - input must be encoded/sanitized safely.
TC_LOGIN_011	Login	Enter maximum field length limits	User is on the login page	1. Paste 255+ characters into Username and Password fields.	- Fields should either restrict input length or handle the long payload without UI break or server crash.
TC_LOGIN_012	Login	Perform rapid multiple consecutive clicks on 'Log in' button	User is on the login page	1. Enter valid credentials. 2. Click 'Log in' button rapidly 5 times in a row.	- Button should disable after first click to prevent duplicate request processing.
TC_LOGIN_013	Login	Copy-paste password into Password field	User is on the login page	1. Copy valid password to clipboard. 2. Paste into Password field. 3. Click 'Log in'.	- Password field accepts pasted string and masking is preserved. - User logs in successfully.
TC_LOGIN_014	Compatibility	Page rendering and functionality on Google Chrome	Latest Chrome browser installed	1. Open Chrome. 2. Navigate to login page. 3. Perform login.	- Form layout, fonts, background image. - login functions properly.
TC_LOGIN_015	Compatibility	Page rendering and functionality on Mozilla Firefox	Latest Firefox browser installed	1. Open Firefox. 2. Navigate to login page. 3. Perform login.	- Layout renders consistently without CSS breakage. - login works as expected.
TC_LOGIN_016	Compatibility	Page rendering and functionality on Apple Safari	Latest Safari browser installed	1. Open Safari. 2. Navigate to login page. 3. Perform login.	- Form layout, font family. - submission work seamlessly.
TC_LOGIN_017	Compatibility	Page rendering and functionality on Microsoft Edge	Latest MS Edge browser installed	1. Open MS Edge. 2. Navigate to login page. 3. Perform login.	- Layout renders cleanly and login behaves identically to Chrome/Firefox.
TC_LOGIN_018	Responsiveness	Layout rendering on Mobile/Tablet Screen Viewports	Chrome DevTools or actual mobile device	1. Set resolution to standard Mobile (375x667) and Tablet (768x1024). 2. Load login page.	- Form card resizes, text remains legible, background image adapts properly. - no horizontal scrollbars appear.

Profile Dropdown

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_UM_001	Profile Dropdown	Verify UI layout and options display	User is logged in and user icon is clicked	1. Observe the opened dropdown menu	- Logo "enswitch", user icon. - 3-dots menu are displayed in the header. - Search field with placeholder "Filter users" and search icon is visible. - Currently selected user ("testing") is marked with a checkmark icon. - Options "Choose user" and "Log out" are clearly visible.
TC_UM_002	Profile Dropdown	Filter users with valid keyword	Menu is open	1. Type "testing" into the "Filter users" input field	- The list updates dynamically to display only user entries matching "testing".
TC_UM_003	Profile Dropdown	Filter users with non-matching keyword	Menu is open	1. Type an invalid name (e.g., "XYZ123") into "Filter users"	- The list updates to display no results or a "No users found" message.
TC_UM_004	Profile Dropdown	Clear user filter input	Text is entered in "Filter users"	1. Backspace/clear the filter field	- All available user options/list return to default display.
TC_UM_005	Profile Dropdown	Select currently active user	Menu is open	1. Click on "testing" (currently checked item)	- The dropdown closes or remains as selected without reloading/error.
TC_UM_006	Profile Dropdown	Click on "Choose user"	Menu is open	1. Click on "Choose user" option	- User is navigated to the user selection screen/modal.
TC_UM_007	Profile Dropdown	Click on "Log out"	Menu is open	1. Click on "Log out" option	- Active session terminates and user is redirected to the Login page.
TC_UM_008	Profile Dropdown	Close dropdown by clicking outside	Menu is open	1. Click anywhere outside the dropdown menu area	- Dropdown closes successfully.

Dashboard

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-DB-001	Dashboard	Onboarding Banner Visual & Content Check	User is on the Dashboard page	1. Load the Dashboard page.	- Banner displays welcome text, a hyperlink ("here"). - a blue Dismiss button.
TC-DB-002	Dashboard	Onboarding Banner Dismissal	Dashboard page is displayed with onboarding banner visible	1. Click the Dismiss button on the banner.	- Banner closes immediately. - the remaining dashboard widgets shift up smoothly.
TC-DB-003	Dashboard	Onboarding Banner Persistence	Onboarding banner is visible on Dashboard	1. Click Dismiss. 2. Refresh the browser page.	- Banner remains dismissed and does not reappear on page refresh.
TC-DB-004	Dashboard	Shortcuts Widget Content Rendering	User is on the Dashboard page	1. Inspect the Shortcuts card on the dashboard.	- Renders the list items ("Choose customer", "Add user with features", "Users") with navigation arrows.
TC-DB-005	Dashboard	Shortcuts Options Menu	Shortcuts card is displayed	1. Click the three dots (more options) menu on the Shortcuts card header.	- Displays widget configuration/display options (e.g., Hide, Move, Configure).
TC-DB-006	Dashboard	Time Filter Toggle Functionality	Reports and Statistics widget is displayed	1. Click through the filter tabs: "8 hours", "24 hours", and "7 days".	- Selected tab highlights in blue. - widget content updates dynamically based on the active selection.
TC-DB-007	Dashboard	Reports Widget - Empty Data State	Reports widget is displayed and selected time frame has zero call records	1. Select a time frame with zero call records.	- Displays the message: "There were no calls made in selected period.".
TC-DB-008	Dashboard	Reports Widget - Populated Data State	Reports widget is displayed and selected time frame contains call records	1. Select a time frame containing call records.	- Replaces the empty state message with call statistics or chart visualizations.
TC-DB-009	Dashboard	Recent Calls - Empty vs Populated State	Recent calls card is available; test data can represent empty and populated call history	1. Observe the Recent calls card when no call history exists. 2. Observe it when call records exist.	- Displays "There are no recent calls." when empty. - displays a list of recent calls when present.
TC-DB-010	Dashboard	Messages - Empty vs Populated State	Messages card is available; test data can represent empty and populated messages	1. Observe the Messages card when no messages exist. 2. Observe it when new messages arrive.	- Displays "There are no recent messages." when empty. - displays message items when available.
TC-DB-011	Dashboard	Starred - Empty vs Populated State	Starred card is available; items can be starred/pinned	1. Observe the Starred card before pinning/starring items. 2. Pin/star items and observe the card.	- Displays "There are no starred items." when empty. - displays starred quick-access items when populated.
TC-DB-012	Dashboard	Do Not Disturb - No Line Warning State	Account has no configured telephone lines	1. View the Do not disturb widget.	- Displays "You don't own any telephone lines." along with the "Create a telephone line." hyperlink.
TC-DB-013	Dashboard	Do Not Disturb - Active Control State	Account has active telephone lines	1. View the Do not disturb widget.	- Replaces warning text with line selection dropdowns and DND enable/disable toggle switches.
TC-DB-014	Dashboard	Call Forwarding - No Line Warning State	Account has no configured telephone lines	1. View the Call forwarding widget.	- Displays "You don't own any telephone lines." along with the "Create a telephone line." hyperlink.
TC-DB-015	Dashboard	Call Forwarding - Active Control State	Account has active telephone lines	1. View the Call forwarding widget.	- Displays current call forwarding status and destination options for configured lines.
TC-DB-016	Dashboard	Dashboard Grid Layout Alignment	Dashboard is displayed in standard desktop view	1. Inspect overall dashboard layout at 1920x1080.	- Two-column grid renders cleanly without overlapping text, broken boundaries, or vertical misalignment.
TC-DB-017	Dashboard	Dashboard Responsive Reflow	Dashboard is displayed	1. Resize browser from Desktop to Tablet (768px) and Mobile (375px).	- Widget cards stack vertically into a single-column view without horizontal scrollbars or cut-off text.
TC-DB-018	Dashboard	Footer Display	User is on the Dashboard page	1. Scroll to the bottom of the dashboard page.	- Footer displays "Powered by Enswitch 4.5" centered at the bottom.
TC-DB-019	Dashboard	Automatic Data Refresh	Dashboard is open; a new call or message can be received	1. Keep the dashboard open without refreshing. 2. Receive a new call or message.	- Recent calls or Messages widgets update dynamically (or upon scheduled polling interval) without requiring a manual page reload.
TC-DB-020	Dashboard	Slow Network Connection Loading	Dashboard is available; browser dev tools allow network throttling	1. Throttle network speed (e.g., Fast 3G/Slow 3G). 2. Load the dashboard.	- Skeleton loaders or spinners display cleanly inside widget containers while data fetches.

Active Calls

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-AC-001	Active Calls	Hide/Show Filters Toggle	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click on Hide filters button at the top of the section.	- Filter parameters collapse/hide. - button text changes to Show filters. - Clicking again expands the filters.
TC-AC-002	Active Calls	Customer Selection Dropdown	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select different options from the Customer dropdown (e.g., "My customer").	- Selection updates successfully in the field.
TC-AC-003	Active Calls	Sub-customers Recursive Toggle	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Toggle the Include sub-customers recursively: switch ON and OFF.	- Switch state changes visually between active and inactive.
TC-AC-004	Active Calls	Customer Options Icon	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the three-dots context menu icon next to the Customer dropdown.	- Contextual menu opens with relevant customer configuration options.
TC-AC-005	Active Calls	Direction Selection Dropdown	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select Any, Inbound, or Outbound from the Direction dropdown.	- Selected value updates in the field.
TC-AC-006	Active Calls	Add / Remove Machines	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a machine (e.g., "test44") from the list and click Add selected / Remove selected.	- Selected machines are added to or removed from the active filter box.
TC-AC-007	Active Calls	Match Criteria Dropdowns	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Test match condition dropdowns (Calling number or card match, Caller name match, Called number match, Destination number match) with options like Contains, Exact, Begins with, Ends with.	- Dropdown selections persist correctly for each text parameter.
TC-AC-008	Active Calls	Text Filtering Fields	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter valid numeric/alphanumeric strings into: Calling number or card, Caller name, Called number, Destination number, To or from telephone line.	- Fields accept input up to max length limit without crashing or breaking layout.
TC-AC-009	Active Calls	Results Limit Slider	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Drag the Results limit slider from No limit to 100.	- Selected numerical limit updates accurately above the slider track.
TC-AC-010	Active Calls	Set as Default Search Toggle	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enable Set as default search: switch and click Search.	- Current filter settings persist as default on re-navigating to the page.
TC-AC-011	Active Calls	Sort Field Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select values from Sort by: (e.g., "Start date and time", "Duration", "Caller ID").	- Selected field populates correctly.
TC-AC-012	Active Calls	Sort Direction Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Toggle Direction: dropdown between Ascending and Descending.	- Selected order updates accordingly.
TC-AC-013	Active Calls	Auto-Refresh Interval Slider	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Drag the Refresh every: slider between 1 second, 60 seconds, and 300 seconds.	- Selected interval displays above the slider handle. - background polling triggers according to the selected duration.
TC-AC-014	Active Calls	Execute Search with Default Filters	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the blue Search button with default settings.	- Active calls matching the default criteria display in the results table below.
TC-AC-015	Active Calls	Search with Multiple Combined Filters	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Combine multiple parameters (e.g., Direction = Inbound, Caller Name contains "John", Limit = 50) and click Search.	- Active call records returned strictly match all combined criteria.
TC-AC-016	Active Calls	Search with No Matching Results	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Input non-existent caller info (e.g., "999999999999") and click Search.	- Displays an explicit empty state message (e.g., "No active calls found matching criteria").
TC-AC-017	Active Calls	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages links in Home / Calls and messages / Active calls breadcrumb.	- Directs user to the selected parent directory.
TC-AC-018	Active Calls	"See more..." Help Link	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click See more... next to "List calls in progress now.".	- Opens contextual documentation or expandable information about active calls.
TC-AC-019	Active Calls	Page Close Button	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the circular X close icon in the top right corner.	- Closes the Active Calls view or returns user to the main dashboard/previous screen.
TC-AC-020	Active Calls	Special Character & Injection Testing in Text Input	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Input special characters (e.g., <script>, ' OR '1'='1, %_) into Caller name or Calling number fields.	- Form sanitizes input safely without executing code or throwing unhandled server errors.
TC-AC-021	Active Calls	Fast Refresh Interval Behavior	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set Refresh every: slider to 1 second and keep the page open.	- Page polls server smoothly without flickering, memory leaks, or freezing the UI tab.

Analytics

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-AN-001	Analytics	Empty State Page Load & Message Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Analytics section.	1. Navigate to Calls and messages > Analytics on an account with no configured reports.	- Displays the message "No reports to display. - Press new report to create first one." Text is accurately rendered on page load.
TC-AN-002	Analytics	New Report Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the blue New report button.	- Redirects the user to the report builder/creation screen. - URL changes to the report creation path and the creation wizard loads.
TC-AN-003	Analytics	Delete Selected Button Disabled State	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Observe the Delete selected button when no reports are selected or present.	- Button remains greyed out and unclickable. - Disabled property is active.
TC-AN-004	Analytics	Analytics Filter Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type a search string (e.g., "Monthly Call Summary") into the Filter search box and press Enter or click the search icon.	- Filters the report table dynamically. - shows no results if no matches exist. - Search results match the typed filter string.

Call History

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-CH-001	Call History	Hide/Show Filters Toggle	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Hide filters toggle button at the top of the search card.	- Filter parameters collapse upward. - button label switches to Show filters. - Filter input fields are hidden from view.
TC-CH-002	Call History	Date & Time Range Filtering	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set Start date and Start time (e.g., 09/22/2026 12:00:00 AM). 2. Set End date and End time (e.g., 09/22/2026 11:59:59 PM). 3. Click Search.	- System fetches completed calls executed strictly within the specified start/end window. - Returned call timestamps fall between the configured range.
TC-CH-003	Call History	Recursive Sub-customers Inclusion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Toggle the Include sub-customers recursively: switch ON and click Search.	- Search results aggregate call records from both the parent account and all child sub-customers, including sub-customer IDs.
TC-CH-004	Call History	Leg Detail, Status, & Direction Filtering	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select Detail level (e.g., Leg). 2. Select Leg status (e.g., Answered, Failed, Any). 3. Select Leg direction (e.g., Inbound, Outbound, Any). 4. Click Search.	- Filters call logs strictly adhering to the selected leg parameters. - Returned logs match selected leg detail properties.
TC-CH-005	Call History	Text & Number Parameter Match Rules	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select match condition dropdowns (Contains, Exact, Begins with, Ends with) and enter values for: Calling number or card, Caller name, Called number, Destination number, To or from telephone line.	- Filters call history according to the specified match type and target string. - All results satisfy the pattern matching rules.
TC-CH-006	Call History	Duration Boundary Filter	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set Minimum duration (seconds) (e.g., 10) and Maximum duration (seconds) (e.g., 300). 2. click Search.	- Excludes calls shorter than 10 seconds or longer than 300 seconds. - All returned durations are >= 10 and <= 300 seconds.
TC-CH-007	Call History	Cost Boundary Filter	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set Minimum cost and Maximum cost threshold values. 2. click Search.	- Filters records to display only calls whose financial charge falls within the specified limits.
TC-CH-008	Call History	Grouping & Sorting Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select Group by parameter (e.g., None, Customer, Date). 2. Select Sort by (e.g., Start date and time). 3. Set Direction (e.g., Ascending or Descending). 4. Click Search.	- Call history renders grouped and sorted accordingly. - First and last entries in results table match the selected sort order.
TC-CH-009	Call History	Default Search Settings Persistence	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Call History section.	1. Apply custom filter parameters, enable Set as default search: toggle, click Search, and refresh/re-navigate to the page.	- Custom parameters are restored automatically upon page load. - Input fields retain configured settings after reload.
TC-CH-010	Call History	Invalid Date Range Boundary Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set Start date later than End date (e.g., Start: 09/25/2026, End: 09/22/2026) and click Search.	- Displays a validation error message (e.g., "Start date cannot be after End date") and prevents search request. - No HTTP search request is dispatched with invalid dates.
TC-CH-011	Call History	SQL / XSS Script Injection Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Input strings such as <script>alert(1)</script> or ' OR '1'='1 into Caller name or Calling number text boxes and execute search.	- Input is escaped safely. - no unhandled error or script execution occurs. - Response renders plain text safely in the table.

Control Panel

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_CP_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Instruction Banner Display	User navigates to Control Panel.	1. Open Control Panel page (/#/calls/panel/). 2. Observe blue banner at top.	- Banner displays instructions: "Drag a call onto a telephone line to redirect it. - Drag a telephone line onto another telephone line to make a call.".
TC_CP_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Instruction Banner Dismissal	Instruction banner is visible.	1. Click 'Dismiss' button on top-right of banner.	- Banner closes immediately and does not overlap telephone line cards.
TC_CP_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Drag and Drop Call Redirect	Active call in 'Calls' column and active 'Telephone line' card.	1. Drag an ongoing call card from 'Calls' column. 2. Drop onto target 'Telephone line' card (e.g., 2345679).	- Ongoing call redirects to selected telephone line successfully.
TC_CP_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Line-to-Line Call Initiation	Two active telephone line cards available.	1. Click and drag source telephone line card (e.g., 2345679). 2. Drop onto destination telephone line card (e.g., 2345680).	- System initiates call between source and destination telephone lines.
TC_CP_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Telephone Lines Card List Rendering	User on Control Panel page.	1. Scroll through 'Telephone lines' grid section.	- Renders telephone lines grid with extension numbers and user names (e.g., 2345679, 2506740 Alistair Cunningham).
TC_CP_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Any Number Field Interaction	User on Control Panel page.	1. Locate 'Any number' section. 2. Enter special shortcode or external phone number.	- Field accepts shortcodes and numeric strings.
TC_CP_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Addresses Section Interaction	Configured SIP addresses exist.	1. Locate 'Addresses' section. 2. Click on SIP address card (e.g., test@51.75.124.94).	- Card triggers call or opens SIP routing details.
TC_CP_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Feature Codes Section Interaction	Feature code cards configured.	1. Locate 'Feature codes' section. 2. Select feature code card (e.g., 3001 Zee Test Feature code).	- Triggers associated system feature code action.
TC_CP_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Hunt Groups Section Interaction	Hunt group cards available.	1. Locate 'Hunt groups' section. 2. Click on hunt group card (e.g., Marin huntgroup test).	- Initiates transfer/call to selected hunt group.
TC_CP_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	IVR Menus Section Interaction	IVR menu cards available.	1. Locate 'IVR menus' section. 2. Click on IVR card (e.g., Zee Test IVR).	- Routes active call or connects line to IVR flow.
TC_CP_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Mailboxes Section Interaction	Mailbox cards available.	1. Locate 'Mailboxes' section. 2. Click on mailbox card (e.g., 102, 9001).	- Transfers line/call to voicemail mailbox.
TC_CP_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Numbers Section Interaction	Inbound number cards configured.	1. Locate 'Numbers' section. 2. Click on number card (e.g., 555111112).	- Initiates call or transfer to specified DID/number.
TC_CP_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Page Groups Section Interaction	Page group cards configured.	1. Locate 'Page groups' section. 2. Click on page group card (e.g., test Page group).	- Triggers paging broadcast to all endpoints in group.
TC_CP_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Pattern Menus & Plugins Interaction	Pattern menu and Plugin cards exist.	1. Click on 'Pattern menus' card (test pattern). 2. Click on 'Plugins' card (Test plugin marin).	- Triggers corresponding pattern execution or plugin action.
TC_CP_015	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Unlimited Access Section	Unlimited access cards present.	1. Locate 'Unlimited access' section. 2. Click on item card (e.g., dtest unlimited).	- Executes action with unconstrained call rights.
TC_CP_016	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Other Options - Sort by Description	User at bottom of Control Panel page.	1. Scroll to 'Other options:' section. 2. Click 'Sort by description' link.	- Rearranges all entity cards alphabetically by description.
TC_CP_017	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Other Options - View in New Page	User at bottom of Control Panel page.	1. Click 'View in new page' link under 'Other options:'.	- Opens full Control Panel view in new browser tab.
TC_CP_018	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Other Options - Read-Only View	User at bottom of Control Panel page.	1. Click 'View in new page (read only)' link.	- Opens Control Panel in read-only mode where drag-and-drop actions are disabled.
TC_CP_019	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Invalid Drag Target Boundary Test	Active call or line card dragging.	1. Drag telephone line card onto non-droppable area (e.g., page header or sidebar).	- Card resets back to original position without firing actions.
TC_CP_020	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel	Cross-Browser Drag-and-Drop Compatibility	Open page across Chrome, Firefox, and Edge.	1. Execute drag-and-drop call redirect across browsers.	- Drag-and-drop functionality works consistently across browsers without freezing.

Make a Call

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_MC_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Required Field Validation - Empty Forward Field	User is on the 'Make a call' page.	1. Leave When answered, forward to: field empty. 2. Click Make a call button.	- System displays a mandatory field validation error (e.g., "When answered, forward to is required").
TC_MC_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Successful Call Initiation - Valid Inputs	Active telephone line available.	1. Select Make first call to: dropdown. 2. Select active Telephone line:. 3. Enter valid destination number in When answered, forward to:. 4. Select Callerid on first call:. 5. Click Make a call.	- System initiates the call and displays a success message (e.g., "Call request initiated successfully").
TC_MC_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	"Make First Call To" Dropdown Options	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Click on Make first call to: dropdown. 2. Verify available target options.	- Displays all configured call target destination types properly.
TC_MC_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	"Telephone Line" Dropdown Selection	Multiple lines configured for account.	1. Click Telephone line: dropdown. 2. Select a different line.	- Field updates to display the selected telephone line.
TC_MC_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	"Caller ID on First Call" Dropdown Options	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Click Callerid on first call: dropdown. 2. Switch between available options.	- Selection updates correctly, controlling outbound Caller ID presentation.
TC_MC_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Auto-Answer Toggle Functionality	Device supports auto-answer.	1. Toggle Request telephone to auto-answer: switch ON and OFF.	- Switch toggles state smoothly and sends auto-answer SIP header upon call dispatch.
TC_MC_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Numeric Validation in Forward Field	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Enter valid numeric phone number in When answered, forward to:.	- Field accepts digits and optional leading + sign without errors.
TC_MC_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Invalid Character Input in Forward Field	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Enter alphabetic/special characters into When answered, forward to:. 2. Click Make a call.	- Validation error displays: "Please enter a valid telephone number".
TC_MC_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Extreme Length Input (Max Length Check)	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Paste 100+ characters into When answered, forward to: field.	- Field restricts input length or displays character limit validation error.
TC_MC_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	XSS / Script Injection Prevention	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into When answered, forward to: field. 2. Click Make a call.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing any script or breaking the page layout.
TC_MC_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Click Home link in breadcrumb. 2. Click Calls and messages link.	- Navigates back to Home page or Calls and messages overview page respectively.
TC_MC_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	"See More..." Documentation Link	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Click See more... link next to "You can request a call be made using the web interface."	- Opens relevant contextual help section or documentation tooltip.
TC_MC_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Close Page Action	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Click the circular X close icon in top right.	- Closes the form overlay or redirects user back to the previous screen.
TC_MC_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Mandatory Field Legend Indicator	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Inspect mandatory asterisk (*) next to When answered, forward to:. 2. Check footer text: "Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory."	- Legend correctly highlights that fields with an asterisk are required.
TC_MC_015	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Footer Branding Text	User on 'Make a call' page.	1. Scroll to page footer.	- Displays "Powered by Enswitch 4.5" centered at the bottom of the page.
TC_MC_016	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Responsive UI Layout Reflow	Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile dimensions.	1. Resize viewport from 1920px down to 375px.	- Form controls stack cleanly without horizontal scrolling or visual distortion.
TC_MC_017	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call	Network Timeout / Disconnected Line	Server or telephony gateway offline.	1. Fill valid call parameters. 2. Click Make a call during network loss.	- System displays error: "Unable to reach call gateway. - Please try again.".

Send a Fax

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_FAX_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Mandatory Field Validation - Empty Submissions	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Leave File to send: empty. 2. Leave Send to: empty. 3. Click Send button.	- System displays validation errors highlighting required fields (File to send and Send to).
TC_FAX_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Successful Fax Submission - Valid Inputs	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Upload valid file under File to send:. 2. Enter valid fax number in Send to:. 3. Select Callerid. 4. Click Send.	- System processes fax delivery and displays a success notification message.
TC_FAX_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	File Upload - Supported Formats (.pdf, .ps, .tif, .tiff, .txt)	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Upload supported file types individually under File to send: and Cover page:.	- File is accepted and filename displays inside upload field.
TC_FAX_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	File Upload - Unsupported Formats	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Attempt to upload unsupported file types (e.g., .docx, .jpg, .exe).	- System displays error: "Invalid file format. - File must be .pdf, .ps, .tif, .tiff, or .txt format.".
TC_FAX_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	File Size Limitation Check	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Attempt to upload a file exceeding maximum allowed upload size (e.g., >25MB).	- Validation message displays indicating file exceeds maximum allowed attachment size.
TC_FAX_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Optional Cover Page Attachment	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Upload valid document in Cover page: field. 2. Complete required fields and click Send.	- Fax is dispatched with cover page prepended to the main document.
TC_FAX_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Destination Number Format Validation	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Enter valid numeric fax number with/without country code in Send to:.	- Number format is accepted successfully.
TC_FAX_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Destination Number Invalid Characters	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Enter alphabetic or special characters into Send to: field. 2. Click Send.	- Validation error displays indicating destination fax number is invalid.
TC_FAX_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Caller ID Dropdown Selection	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Click Callerid: dropdown. 2. Select alternate available caller ID options.	- Selected caller ID persists and presents on outbound fax transmission.
TC_FAX_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Confirmation Email Validation - Valid Email	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Input valid email in Send confirmation email to:. 2. Dispatch fax.	- System sends delivery status confirmation receipt to provided email address.
TC_FAX_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Confirmation Email Validation - Invalid Format	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Enter improperly formatted string in Send confirmation email to:. 2. Click Send.	- Validation error displays: "Please enter a valid email address.".
TC_FAX_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Copy File to Mailbox Dropdown	User has active mailboxes configured.	1. Click Copy file to mailbox as .pdf: dropdown. 2. Select target mailbox.	- Upon dispatch, a copy of the fax PDF is archived in selected mailbox.
TC_FAX_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Fax Header Template Selection	Account header templates exist.	1. Click Fax header: dropdown. 2. Select header string.	- Selected header text appears at top of transmitted fax pages.
TC_FAX_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb link.	- Navigates back to the selected parent module page.
TC_FAX_015	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Send faxes directly from the web interface."	- Opens expanded documentation modal/tooltip for faxing features.
TC_FAX_016	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Overlay Close Button Action	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in upper right corner.	- Overlay closes and redirects user back to previous dashboard screen.
TC_FAX_017	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax	Security - Script Injection in Text Input	User is on the 'Send a fax' page.	1. Input <script>alert('xss')</script> into Send to: or Send confirmation email to: fields.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing scripts or throwing unhandled errors.

Send a Message

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_MSG_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Mandatory Field Validation - Empty Fields	User is on the 'Send a message' page.	1. Leave To: field empty. 2. Leave Message: text area empty. 3. Click Send button.	- System displays validation errors highlighting required fields (To and Message).
TC_MSG_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Successful SMS Dispatch - Valid Inputs	Active telephone line available.	1. Select sender type under From:. 2. Select active Telephone: line. 3. Enter valid phone number in To:. 4. Enter text in Message:. 5. Click Send.	- Message is sent successfully and a confirmation alert/toast is displayed.
TC_MSG_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Sender Type Selection ("From" Dropdown)	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Click on From: dropdown. 2. Switch options (e.g., Telephone, DID, System Default).	- Selection updates correctly and adjusts secondary line selection fields accordingly.
TC_MSG_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Sender Line Selection ("Telephone" Dropdown)	Account has multiple telephone lines.	1. Click Telephone: dropdown. 2. Select an extension/line (e.g., 2345679).	- Field updates to display the selected telephone number/extension.
TC_MSG_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Recipient Phone Number Validation - Format	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Enter valid local and international formatted numbers in To:.	- System accepts phone numbers with digits, hyphens, spaces. - leading + sign.
TC_MSG_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Recipient Phone Number Validation - Invalid Input	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Enter alphabetic/special characters into To: field. 2. Click Send.	- Validation error displays indicating recipient number format is invalid.
TC_MSG_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	SMS Character Counter & Length Limit	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Type message content exceeding standard single SMS character limit (160 chars).	- System indicates multi-segment/concatenated SMS billing warning or caps character input limit.
TC_MSG_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Message Field Unicode & Emojis Support	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Enter non-GSM/Unicode characters, non-English text, and emojis into Message: box. 2. Click Send.	- Message is sent cleanly without character encoding corruption.
TC_MSG_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Text Area Resizing Control	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Drag the bottom-right resize handle of the Message: textarea.	- Textbox resizes smoothly without distorting the form alignment or page boundaries.
TC_MSG_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Security - XSS Script Injection Prevention	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('XSS')</script> into To: and Message: fields. 2. Click Send.	- Input is sanitized safely as plain text without executing any script or breaking the page layout.
TC_MSG_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Security - SQL Injection Prevention	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Enter ' OR 1=1 -- into To: input field. 2. Click Send.	- Input is validated safely as invalid phone input without database errors.
TC_MSG_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates user back to the respective selected parent screen.
TC_MSG_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Documentation "See More..." Link	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Send a text message directly from the web interface."	- Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining text messaging functionality.
TC_MSG_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Close Overlay Button Action	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in the top right corner.	- Closes the modal/overlay and returns user to the preceding dashboard screen.
TC_MSG_015	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Mandatory Field Asterisk Indicator	User on 'Send a message' page.	1. Inspect mandatory asterisk (*) next to To: and Message: labels.	- Red/bold asterisk explicitly identifies required fields.
TC_MSG_016	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Responsive Layout Reflow	Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile dimensions.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Dropdowns, text inputs. - Send button stack vertically without horizontal scrolling.
TC_MSG_017	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message	Network Failure Handling	Gateway/Server unreachable.	1. Fill valid parameters. 2. Disconnect network and click Send.	- System catches network error gracefully and displays: "Message failed to send. - Check network connection.".

Send emails

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_EML_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Mandatory Field Validation - Empty Form Submission	User is on 'Send emails' page.	1. Leave From email address: empty. 2. Leave Subject: empty. 3. Leave Body: empty. 4. Click Send button.	- System displays mandatory field validation errors highlighting required fields (From email address, Subject. - Body).
TC_EML_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Successful Email Dispatch - Valid Inputs	User is on 'Send emails' page.	1. Select Send to: destination. 2. Enter valid email in From email address:. 3. Enter Subject: text. 4. Enter Body: text. 5. Check confirmation box if required. 6. Click Send.	- Email is dispatched successfully and a confirmation notification is displayed.
TC_EML_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	"Send to" Destination Dropdown Options	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Click Send to: dropdown menu. 2. Observe available options (e.g., Myself, All customers, Specific group).	- Selection updates correctly. - selecting bulk options enables the "test email before sending to everyone" checkbox rule.
TC_EML_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Template Variable Parsing in Subject & Body	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Include supported template variables in Subject: and Body: fields. 2. Dispatch email.	- System parses and replaces variables with real customer details upon email delivery.
TC_EML_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Invalid Template Variable Syntax	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Enter malformed/unsupported variable tag in body (e.g., <TMPL_VAR NAME="INVALID_VAR">). 2. Click Send.	- System handles unknown tags gracefully without throwing unhandled server execution errors.
TC_EML_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	"From Email Address" Format Validation - Invalid Input	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Enter invalid email syntax in From email address: field. 2. Click Send.	- Validation error displays: "Please enter a valid email address".
TC_EML_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Valid File Attachment	User is on 'Send emails' page.	1. Click Upload file button under Attach file:. 2. Select a valid document file.	- File is attached successfully and filename renders beside the upload box.
TC_EML_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Oversized File Attachment	User is on 'Send emails' page.	1. Attempt to attach a file exceeding maximum allowed attachment limit (e.g., >25MB).	- Validation message displays indicating attachment exceeds maximum allowed file size.
TC_EML_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Broadcast Confirmation Checkbox Validation	"Send to" destination set to bulk/everyone.	1. Set Send to: to a global group. 2. Leave "I have sent a test email to myself..." unchecked. 3. Click Send.	- System prevents bulk email dispatch and prompts user to send a test email to themselves first.
TC_EML_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Text Area Resizing Control	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Drag the resize handle at the bottom-right corner of the Body: text area.	- Textbox resizes smoothly without breaking form layout.
TC_EML_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Security - XSS Payload Injection	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into Subject: and Body: fields. 2. Click Send.	- HTML/JS scripts are sanitized safely as plain text or HTML entity encoded without executing.
TC_EML_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Breadcrumb Navigation	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates user back to selected parent module page.
TC_EML_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Documentation "See More..." Link	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Send emails directly from the web interface."	- Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining email broadcasting capabilities.
TC_EML_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Close Overlay Button Action	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in upper right corner.	- Closes the form view and returns user to the preceding dashboard screen.
TC_EML_015	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Variable Information Legend Verification	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Inspect blue info banner at the bottom of the form.	- Displays list of supported tags: <TMPL_VAR NAME="FIRST_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="LAST_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="TITLE">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="EMAIL">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="CUSTOMER_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="PLAN_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="PRODUCT_NAME">.
TC_EML_016	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Mandatory Field Legend Indicator	User on 'Send emails' page.	1. Inspect asterisk (*) next to From email address:, Subject:, and Body: labels. 2. Check footer text.	- Legend correctly confirms: "Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.".
TC_EML_017	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails	Responsive Layout Reflow	Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile devices.	1. Resize browser viewport width down to 375px.	- Input fields, text area. - Send button stack vertically without horizontal scrolling.

All mailboxes

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_MBX_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Table Data Rendering	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Observe table columns and row entries.	- Table renders columns (MAILBOX, DESCRIPTION, NEW, TOTAL, SIZE) and lists mailbox records correctly.
TC_MBX_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Mailbox Selection Navigation	Mailbox records exist in table.	1. Click on a hyperlinked mailbox ID (e.g., 100 or 102).	- Navigates to the selected mailbox's detail page listing messages.
TC_MBX_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Table Column Sorting	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to MAILBOX header. 2. Click sort arrows next to NEW, TOTAL, or SIZE headers.	- Table re-orders mailbox records in ascending or descending order.
TC_MBX_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Filter Search Box - Matching Query	Mailbox records exist in table.	1. Type existing mailbox number or description into Filter search box.	- Table dynamically filters to display only matching mailbox records.
TC_MBX_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query	Mailbox records exist in table.	1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box.	- Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching mailboxes found").
TC_MBX_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Pagination Navigation	Total records exceed single page limit (e.g., 6 total records).	1. Click page 2 or next arrow (>) in bottom pagination bar.	- Page 2 loads showing remaining record(s) and updates counter (e.g., "Showing: 6 to 6 of 6").
TC_MBX_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	First/Last Page Shortcuts	User on page 2 of pagination.	1. Click first page shortcut («) or page 1 button.	- Navigates back to page 1 and updates record counter to "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6".
TC_MBX_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Showing Counter Calculation	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Verify text "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6" against rendered rows.	- Record count string accurately reflects displayed items vs total items.
TC_MBX_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Message Count & Storage Accuracy	Mailbox has new/total messages.	1. Compare NEW and TOTAL counts and SIZE values.	- Values match database values accurately (e.g., NEW <= TOTAL).
TC_MBX_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Security - Filter XSS Injection	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into Filter search box.	- Input is sanitized as plain text without executing scripts or throwing errors.
TC_MBX_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent module page.
TC_MBX_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Access and manage your mailbox messages..."	- Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining mailbox management.
TC_MBX_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'All mailboxes' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes view and redirects user back to preceding dashboard screen.
TC_MBX_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes	Responsive Table Layout Reflow	Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrollbar or card transformation without breaking UI layout.

Faxes

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_FX_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Table Data & Columns Rendering	User navigates to 'Faxes' page (/#/calls/faxes/).	1. Observe table header and rendered row data.	- Table renders expected columns (DATE & TIME, FROM, TO, PAGES, STATUS, ACTIONS / FILE) cleanly.
TC_FX_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Empty State Display	Account has no inbound or outbound fax records.	1. Navigate to Faxes page.	- Displays empty state message: "There are no faxes to display.".
TC_FX_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	View / Open Fax Document	Received/Sent fax records exist in table.	1. Click on fax file name or view icon in table row.	- Opens fax document preview in browser PDF viewer or modal cleanly.
TC_FX_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Download Fax File	Received/Sent fax records exist in table.	1. Click 'Download' button/link for a fax entry.	- Fax document downloads successfully in valid .pdf or .tif format.
TC_FX_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Filter Search Box - Matching Query	Fax records exist in table.	1. Enter sender number, receiver number, or date into 'Filter' search box.	- Table dynamically filters to display only matching fax entries.
TC_FX_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query	Fax records exist in table.	1. Type non-existent number or string into 'Filter' box.	- Table updates to show empty state (e.g., "No matching faxes found").
TC_FX_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Column Sorting	Fax records exist in table.	1. Click sort arrows on DATE & TIME, FROM, or PAGES headers.	- Table sorts fax records in ascending or descending order accordingly.
TC_FX_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Pagination Navigation	Total fax records exceed page limit.	1. Click page 2 or next arrow (>) in bottom pagination control.	- Page 2 loads displaying next set of fax records and updates record counter string.
TC_FX_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Single Fax Record Deletion	Fax record exists and user has delete permissions.	1. Click 'Delete' icon/action on a specific fax row. 2. Confirm deletion in prompt modal.	- Fax record is removed from table and database. - record count updates.
TC_FX_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Bulk Fax Deletion	Multiple fax records selected via checkboxes.	1. Select multiple fax checkboxes. 2. Click 'Delete selected' button. 3. Confirm deletion prompt.	- All selected faxes are purged permanently from system.
TC_FX_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Security - Filter XSS Injection	User is on Faxes page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into 'Filter' search field.	- Input is sanitized as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI.
TC_FX_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is on Faxes page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb header.	- Navigates back to selected parent directory screen.
TC_FX_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on Faxes page.	1. Click See more... help link at top of page.	- Opens expanded documentation modal/tooltip explaining fax management.
TC_FX_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes	Responsive Layout Reflow	Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrolling or converts to stacked card view cleanly.

Text Message

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_TM_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Hide/Show Filters Toggle	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Click on Hide filters toggle link at the top.	- Filter form section collapses upward. - toggle text changes to Show filters.
TC_TM_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Date Range Filtering - Valid Range	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Select Start date using calendar picker or direct input. 2. Select End date. 3. Click Update button.	- System updates text message logs to reflect entries matching the selected date window.
TC_TM_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Date Picker Calendar Trigger	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Click calendar icon inside Start date or End date input field.	- Interactive calendar picker overlay opens successfully.
TC_TM_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Sort By Field Selection	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Click Sort by: dropdown. 2. Select sort target (e.g., Date and Time, Sender, Recipient).	- Selection updates correctly in the dropdown.
TC_TM_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Sort Direction Selection	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Click Direction: dropdown. 2. Toggle between Ascending and Descending.	- Selection updates correctly and controls sorting direction upon clicking Update.
TC_TM_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Filter Execution ("Update" Button)	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Modify filter parameters (Start date, End date, Sort by, Direction). 2. Click blue Update button.	- Form submits and refreshes the text message results table below.
TC_TM_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Invalid Date Range Boundary Check	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Set Start date later than End date. 2. Click Update button.	- System displays a validation error message (e.g., "Start date cannot be after End date").
TC_TM_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Manual Date Input Formatting	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Manually type malformed date into Start date input box (e.g., 99/99/9999 or abcd). 2. Click Update.	- System prevents submission or displays a valid date format validation error.
TC_TM_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb header.	- Navigates back to the selected parent module screen.
TC_TM_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Footer Branding Display	User is on the 'Text messages' page.	1. Scroll to page footer.	- Displays "Powered by Enswitch 4.5" centered at the bottom of the page.
TC_TM_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages	Responsive UI Reflow	Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile devices.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Date fields, dropdowns. - Update button adjust cleanly without horizontal scrolling.

Voice Mails

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_VM_001	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Table Data & Columns Rendering	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Observe table headers and row data.	- Table renders columns (MAILBOX, DESCRIPTION, NEW, TOTAL, SIZE) and lists voicemail mailbox records correctly.
TC_VM_002	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Mailbox Hyperlink Navigation	Voicemail records exist in table.	1. Click on a hyperlinked mailbox ID (e.g., 100 or 102).	- Navigates to the selected mailbox's voicemail message list view.
TC_VM_003	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Column Sorting Functionality	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to MAILBOX header. 2. Click sort arrows next to NEW, TOTAL, or SIZE headers.	- Table re-orders voicemail mailbox records in ascending or descending order.
TC_VM_004	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Filter Search Box - Matching Query	Mailbox records exist in table.	1. Type an existing mailbox number or description into Filter search box.	- Table dynamically filters to display only matching voicemail mailbox records.
TC_VM_005	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query	Mailbox records exist in table.	1. Type a non-existent query into Filter search box.	- Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching mailboxes found").
TC_VM_006	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Pagination Controls & Page Switch	Total records exceed single page limit (e.g., 6 total records).	1. Click page 2 or next arrow (>) in bottom pagination bar.	- Page 2 loads displaying the remaining record(s) and updates counter (e.g., "Showing: 6 to 6 of 6").
TC_VM_007	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	First/Previous Page Shortcuts	User is on page 2 of pagination.	1. Click first page shortcut («) or page 1 button.	- Navigates back to page 1 and updates record counter string to "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6".
TC_VM_008	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Showing Counter Calculation	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Compare text "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6" against rendered rows.	- Record count string accurately reflects displayed items versus total items.
TC_VM_009	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Voicemail Count & Storage Accuracy	Mailbox has new/total voicemails.	1. Verify NEW and TOTAL voicemail counts and SIZE values.	- Values match database values accurately (e.g., NEW <= TOTAL).
TC_VM_010	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Security - Filter XSS Injection	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into Filter search box.	- Input is sanitized as plain text without executing scripts or throwing errors.
TC_VM_011	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to the selected parent module page.
TC_VM_012	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Click See more... link next to "Access and manage your mailbox messages..."	- Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining voicemail management.
TC_VM_013	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Voicemails' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes view and redirects user back to preceding dashboard screen.
TC_VM_014	Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails	Responsive Table Layout Reflow	Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly.

Feature Codes

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_FC_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Table Data Rendering & Details Display	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Observe feature code table headers and rendered row items.	- Table renders columns (CODE, DETAILS) and displays feature code entries (e.g., *007, 001, 1, 123, 124) with routing details.
TC_FC_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Hide/Show Filters Toggle	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click Hide filters toggle link.	- Filter input area collapses. - toggle label updates to Show filters.
TC_FC_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Filter Feature Codes - Matching Query	Feature codes exist in table.	1. Type string into Code or description contains: input field. 2. Click Update button.	- Table filters dynamically to render only matching feature code records.
TC_FC_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Filter Feature Codes - Blank Query (Match All)	Filter applied previously.	1. Clear Code or description contains: text field. 2. Click Update button.	- System resets filter and displays all feature code records.
TC_FC_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Select All Checkboxes Action	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click Select all button above table.	- All feature code checkboxes on current page are checked simultaneously.
TC_FC_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Delete Selected Feature Codes	Feature code checkboxes selected.	1. Select one or more feature code checkboxes. 2. Click Delete selected button. 3. Confirm deletion prompt.	- Selected feature code records are permanently deleted and table list updates.
TC_FC_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Export Feature Codes as CSV	Feature code records exist.	1. Click Export as .csv button.	- System generates and downloads a .csv file containing the feature codes list.
TC_FC_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Import Feature Codes Navigation	User on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click Import button.	- Redirects to feature code CSV import wizard page.
TC_FC_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Create New Feature Code Navigation	User on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click New button.	- Redirects to feature code creation form page.
TC_FC_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Feature Code Detail Navigation	Feature code hyperlinked code exists.	1. Click on hyperlinked code (e.g., *007 or 001).	- Navigates to edit/view details page for selected feature code.
TC_FC_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Star/Favorite Icon Toggle	Feature code row displayed.	1. Click star icon on right side of feature code row.	- Star fills/highlights indicating item is added to starred shortcuts.
TC_FC_012	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Pagination Navigation	Total records exceed single page limit (13 total records).	1. Click page 2, 3, next arrow (>), or last page » (3) in bottom pagination bar.	- Page loads selected record set and updates record counter string (e.g., "Feature codes: 6 to 10 of 13").
TC_FC_013	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Column Sorting	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to CODE or DETAILS column headers.	- Table re-orders feature codes in ascending or descending order.
TC_FC_014	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Code or description contains: field. 2. Click Update.	- Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts.
TC_FC_015	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click Home or Devices and numbers links in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent directory screen.
TC_FC_016	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Feature codes are short numbers that can be used..."	- Opens expanded documentation modal explaining feature code functionalities.
TC_FC_017	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Feature codes' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes feature codes view and returns user to main dashboard screen.

Feature Prefixes

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_FP_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Table Data & Columns Rendering	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Observe feature prefix table headers and rendered row items.	- Table renders columns (PREFIX, DETAILS) and displays all feature prefix records (e.g., 12, 1 to 51 digits, 5, 18 to 44 digits, etc.).
TC_FP_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Total Counter Calculation Verification	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Verify text header "Feature prefixes: 5" against rendered row count.	- Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered items.
TC_FP_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Filter Search Box - Matching Query	Feature prefix records exist in table.	1. Type string into Filter search box.	- Table dynamically filters to display only matching feature prefix records.
TC_FP_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query	Feature prefix records exist in table.	1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box.	- Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching feature prefixes found").
TC_FP_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Select All Checkboxes Action	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Click Select all button above table.	- All feature prefix row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously.
TC_FP_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Delete Selected Feature Prefixes	Feature prefix checkboxes selected.	1. Select one or more feature prefix checkboxes. 2. Click Delete selected button. 3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal.	- Selected feature prefix records are permanently deleted and list count updates.
TC_FP_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Create New Feature Prefix Navigation	User on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Click New button.	- Redirects to the feature prefix creation configuration form.
TC_FP_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Feature Prefix Detail Navigation	Feature prefix hyperlinked text exists.	1. Click on hyperlinked prefix text (e.g., 12, 1 to 51 digits).	- Navigates to edit/view details screen for selected feature prefix.
TC_FP_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Star/Favorite Icon Toggle	Feature prefix row displayed.	1. Click star icon on right side of feature prefix row.	- Star highlights/fills, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts.
TC_FP_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Column Sorting	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to PREFIX or DETAILS column headers.	- Table re-orders feature prefixes in ascending or descending order.
TC_FP_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box.	- Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI.
TC_FP_012	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Click Home or Devices and numbers links in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent module screen.
TC_FP_013	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Feature prefixes allow you to modify how the call behaves..."	- Opens expanded documentation modal explaining feature prefix rules and behaviors.
TC_FP_014	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Feature prefixes' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes feature prefixes view and returns user to main dashboard screen.
TC_FP_015	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes	Responsive Layout Reflow	Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrolling or stacks cards cleanly without breaking UI layout.

Numbers

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_NUM_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Numbers Table Rendering	User is on 'Numbers' page.	1. Observe numbers table header and rendered row data.	- Table renders columns (NUMBER, DETAILS) and displays DID entries (e.g., 555111112) with routing details.
TC_NUM_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Hide/Show Filters Toggle	User is on 'Numbers' page.	1. Click Hide filters toggle link.	- Filter input area collapses. - toggle label updates to Show filters.
TC_NUM_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Filter Numbers - Matching Query	Number records exist in table.	1. Enter query in Number or description contains: input field. 2. Click Update button.	- Table filters dynamically to render only matching DID records.
TC_NUM_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Filter Numbers - Blank Query (Match All)	Filter applied previously.	1. Clear Number or description contains: field. 2. Click Update.	- System resets filter and displays all DID records.
TC_NUM_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Select All Checkboxes Action	User is on 'Numbers' page.	1. Click Select all button above table.	- All number row checkboxes on the current page are checked simultaneously.
TC_NUM_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Delete Selected Numbers	Number row checkboxes selected.	1. Select one or more number checkboxes. 2. Click Delete selected button. 3. Confirm deletion prompt modal.	- Selected DID records are permanently deleted and table list updates.
TC_NUM_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Export Numbers as CSV	Number records exist.	1. Click Export as .csv button.	- System generates and downloads a .csv file containing the DID list.
TC_NUM_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Create New Number Navigation	User on 'Numbers' page.	1. Click New button.	- Redirects user to the number/DID creation configuration form.
TC_NUM_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Number Detail Navigation	Hyperlinked number exists.	1. Click on hyperlinked DID (e.g., 555111112).	- Navigates to edit/view details page for selected DID.
TC_NUM_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Star/Favorite Icon Toggle	Number row displayed.	1. Click star icon on right side of number row.	- Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts.
TC_BCN_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Add Numbers to Bulk Change Selection	User is on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Select number(s) from lower selection box (e.g., 9897732799). 2. Click Add selected button.	- Selected numbers move up to the Numbers to change: box.
TC_BCN_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Remove Numbers from Bulk Change Selection	Numbers present in 'Numbers to change' box.	1. Select number(s) inside top Numbers to change: box. 2. Click Remove selected button.	- Selected numbers move back down to lower available numbers box.
TC_BCN_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Toggle "Change Description" Control	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Toggle Change description: switch ON.	- Description text input field expands/unlocks for data entry.
TC_BCN_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Change Owner Selection	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Click Owner: dropdown. 2. Select new owner account or customer.	- Selected owner populates dropdown.
TC_BCN_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Toggle "Change Caller Name" Control	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Toggle Change caller name: switch ON.	- Caller name input field unlocks and Caller name modifies existing name: dropdown activates.
TC_BCN_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Record Group & Music Settings Update	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Select value from Record group: dropdown. 2. Select value from Music: dropdown.	- Selections populate dropdowns correctly.
TC_BCN_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Toggle "Change Default Destination" Control	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Toggle Change default destination: switch ON.	- Destination routing target options (e.g., telephone line, IVR, hunt group) expand.
TC_BCN_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Temporary Routing & Announcement Message	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Select value from Temporary routing: dropdown. 2. Select value from Announcement message: dropdown.	- Selections populate dropdowns correctly.
TC_BCN_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Add/Replace Caller & Time Routes Toggles	User on 'Bulk change numbers' page.	1. Toggle Add or replace a caller route: switch ON. 2. Toggle Add or replace a time route: switch ON.	- Dynamic forms to construct caller-based and time-based call routes expand.
TC_BCN_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Save Bulk Changes - Empty Selection Validation	No numbers added to 'Numbers to change' box.	1. Keep Numbers to change: empty. 2. Modify any setting. 3. Click blue Save button.	- System displays validation error: "Please select at least one number to change.".
TC_BCN_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change	Save Bulk Changes - Successful Execution	Valid numbers added to 'Numbers to change' box.	1. Add numbers to change list. 2. Configure new settings. 3. Click Save button.	- System applies updates across all chosen numbers and displays success confirmation message.
TC_NUM_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization	User is on 'Numbers' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Number or description contains: field. 2. Click Update.	- Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts.
TC_NUM_012	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Numbers' or 'Bulk change' page.	1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Numbers links in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent directory screen.
TC_NUM_013	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Numbers' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Numbers, also known as DIDs or DDIs..."	- Opens expanded documentation modal explaining DID management.
TC_NUM_014	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Numbers' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen.

Speed Dials

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_SD_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Table Data & Columns Rendering	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Observe speed dial table headers and rendered row items.	- Table renders columns (NUMBER, DESTINATION, DESCRIPTION) and displays speed dial entries (14, 15, 16, 18) correctly.
TC_SD_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Total Counter Calculation Verification	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Verify header text "Speed dials: 4" against rendered row count.	- Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered speed dial rows.
TC_SD_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Filter Speed Dials - Matching Query	Speed dial records exist in table.	1. Type string into Filter search box.	- Table dynamically filters to render only matching speed dial records.
TC_SD_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Filter Speed Dials - Non-Matching Query	Speed dial records exist in table.	1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box.	- Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching speed dials found").
TC_SD_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Select All Checkboxes Action	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click Select all button above table.	- All speed dial row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously.
TC_SD_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Delete Selected Speed Dials	Speed dial checkboxes selected.	1. Select one or more speed dial checkboxes. 2. Click Delete selected button. 3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal.	- Selected speed dial records are permanently deleted and list count updates.
TC_SD_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Export Speed Dials as CSV	Speed dial records exist.	1. Click Export as .csv button.	- System generates and downloads a .csv file containing the speed dial list.
TC_SD_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Import Speed Dials Navigation	User on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click Import button.	- Redirects to speed dial CSV import wizard page.
TC_SD_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Create New Speed Dial Navigation	User on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click New button.	- Redirects to speed dial creation form page.
TC_SD_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Speed Dial Detail Navigation	Hyperlinked speed dial number exists.	1. Click on hyperlinked number (e.g., 14 or 15).	- Navigates to edit/view details page for selected speed dial.
TC_SD_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Star/Favorite Icon Toggle	Speed dial row displayed.	1. Click star icon on right side of speed dial row.	- Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts.
TC_SD_012	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Column Sorting	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to NUMBER, DESTINATION, or DESCRIPTION column headers.	- Table re-orders speed dials in ascending or descending order.
TC_SD_013	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box.	- Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI.
TC_SD_014	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Speed dials links in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent directory screen.
TC_SD_015	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Speed dials allow users to dial destinations using fewer key presses."	- Opens expanded documentation modal explaining speed dial functionalities.
TC_SD_016	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Shared speed dials' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen.
TC_SD_017	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials	Responsive Table Layout Reflow	Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly.

Provisioning Templates

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_PRV_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Table Data & Columns Rendering	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Observe provisioning templates table headers and rendered row items.	- Table renders NAME column and lists templates (Enswitch client for Android, main prov, main prov only, Polycom (via HTTP), Polycom (via TFTP)) correctly.
TC_PRV_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Total Counter Calculation Verification	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Verify header text "Provisioning templates: 5" against rendered row count.	- Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered template items.
TC_PRV_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Filter Search Box - Matching Query	Provisioning template records exist in table.	1. Type string into Filter search box.	- Table dynamically filters to render only matching provisioning template records.
TC_PRV_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query	Provisioning template records exist in table.	1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box.	- Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching provisioning templates found").
TC_PRV_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Select All Checkboxes Action	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Click Select all button above table.	- All template row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously.
TC_PRV_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Delete Selected Provisioning Templates	Template checkboxes selected.	1. Select one or more template checkboxes. 2. Click Delete selected button. 3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal.	- Selected template records are permanently deleted and list count updates.
TC_PRV_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Create New Provisioning Template Navigation	User on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Click New button.	- Redirects to provisioning template creation form page.
TC_PRV_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Template Detail Navigation	Hyperlinked template name exists.	1. Click on hyperlinked name (e.g., Polycom (via HTTP)).	- Navigates to edit/view details page for selected provisioning template.
TC_PRV_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Star/Favorite Icon Toggle	Provisioning template row displayed.	1. Click star icon on right side of template row.	- Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts.
TC_PRV_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Column Sorting	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to NAME column header.	- Table re-orders provisioning templates in ascending or descending alphabetical order.
TC_PRV_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box.	- Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI.
TC_PRV_012	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Provisioning links in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent directory screen.
TC_PRV_013	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Configure the data sent to telephones for automatic provisioning..."	- Opens expanded documentation modal explaining device provisioning capabilities.
TC_PRV_014	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Provisioning templates' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen.
TC_PRV_015	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning	Responsive Table Layout Reflow	Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly.

Remote Access

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_RA_001	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Table Data & Columns Rendering	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Observe table headers and rendered row items.	- Table renders columns (NAME, DESCRIPTION) and lists remote access accounts (16225, 16226) correctly.
TC_RA_002	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Total Counter Calculation Verification	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Verify header text "Remote access acounts: 2" against rendered row count.	- Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered items.
TC_RA_003	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Filter Search Box - Matching Query	Remote access account records exist in table.	1. Type string into Filter search box.	- Table dynamically filters to render only matching remote access account records.
TC_RA_004	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query	Remote access account records exist in table.	1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box.	- Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching remote access accounts found").
TC_RA_005	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Select All Checkboxes Action	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Click Select all button above table.	- All account row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously.
TC_RA_006	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Delete Selected Remote Access Accounts	Account checkboxes selected.	1. Select one or more account checkboxes. 2. Click Delete selected button. 3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal.	- Selected remote access accounts are permanently deleted and list count updates.
TC_RA_007	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Create New Remote Access Account Navigation	User on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Click New button.	- Redirects to remote access account creation form page.
TC_RA_008	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Account Detail Navigation	Hyperlinked account name/number exists.	1. Click on hyperlinked name (e.g., 16225).	- Navigates to edit/view details page for selected remote access account.
TC_RA_009	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Star/Favorite Icon Toggle	Remote access account row displayed.	1. Click star icon on right side of account row.	- Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts.
TC_RA_010	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Column Sorting	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Click sort arrows next to NAME or DESCRIPTION column headers.	- Table re-orders remote access accounts in ascending or descending order.
TC_RA_011	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box.	- Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI.
TC_RA_012	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Breadcrumb Navigation Links	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Remote access links in breadcrumb path.	- Navigates back to selected parent directory screen.
TC_RA_013	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Documentation "See More..." Link	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Click See more... next to "Remote access allows you to call into the system..."	- Opens expanded documentation modal explaining remote access capabilities.
TC_RA_014	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Close Overlay Button Action	User is on 'Remote access acounts' page.	1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner.	- Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen.
TC_RA_015	Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access	Responsive Table Layout Reflow	Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views.	1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view).	- Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly.

Add user with features

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Add user with features	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Add user with features section.	1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Add user with features.	- The page title ("Add user with features"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner with See more... link, all section headers (User:, Telephone line:, Numbers:, Mailbox:, Notify:), mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory."). - Add user button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Add user with features	Default Pre-Filled Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that mandatory fields are generated/pre-filled with valid defaults (Web password: pre-filled with auto-generated string, Number and username: set to 6121936, Password: set to n%bTh~1k, Mailbox: set to 6121936, *Mailbox PIN: set to 877125), and default dropdown selections load correctly (Title: Select..., Role: duc custom, Class of service: Default, Record group: No record group, On unregistered: Hang up call, Number: No number).	- All expected UI elements for Add user with features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Add user with features	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context text expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Add user with features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Add user with features	Mandatory Field Validation - Missing Required Fields	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear mandatory fields such as Web password:, Number and username:, Password:, Mailbox:, or *Mailbox PIN: individually, click Add user.	- Form submission is blocked with specific validation error messages.
TC-05	Add user with features	Invalid Email Format Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter an invalid email format into Email address: (under User) or Send email containing passwords to: (under Notify), click Add user.	- Email format validation triggers.
TC-06	Add user with features	Multiple Email Notification Formatting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter space-separated email addresses in Send email containing passwords to: (e.g., admin@company.com user@company.com), click Add user.	- Password notification emails dispatch to all listed recipients.
TC-07	Add user with features	Duplicate Extension / Extension Username Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a number in Number and username: or Mailbox: that already exists in the system, click Add user.	- System validation blocks creation due to duplicate line/mailbox assignment.
TC-08	Add user with features	Numeric Input Validation for Mailbox PIN	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-numeric or alphabetical characters into *Mailbox PIN:, click Add user.	- Numeric-only restriction is enforced.
TC-09	Add user with features	Phone Number Purchase/Selection Options	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select an existing number from the Number: dropdown or enter a valid number string in or purchase number:, click Add user.	- The number maps successfully to the newly created user line.
TC-10	Add user with features	Feature Code Internal Caller ID Mapping	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a valid internal caller ID code in Feature code:, click Add user.	- The extension uses the code for internal dialing.
TC-11	Add user with features	Successful Full User Creation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Fill out optional fields (First name:, Last name:, Email address:), select valid options for Role, Class of service, and On unregistered, click Add user.	- The user, telephone line. - mailbox are created simultaneously with a success notification.

Alerts

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Alerts	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Alerts section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Alerts.	- The page title ("Alerts"), breadcrumb navigation, total alert count ("Alerts: 5"), description banner ("Alerts allow you to be notified of when something happens of interest or concern.") with See more... link, Filter input box. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Export as .csv, Import, New) are correctly rendered.
TC-02	Alerts	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers ALERT NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 5 alert records (dtest, Test alert, test alert 2, test alert45, Test peer) and their respective descriptions (test delete this for Test alert, empty for others), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Alerts render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Alerts	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Alerts render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Alerts	Create New Alert	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, fill in valid alert trigger condition and notification channel details, save.	- The total count updates to 6 and the new alert appears in the list.
TC-05	Alerts	Duplicate Alert Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create an alert with an existing name (e.g., Test alert).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Alerts	Alert Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any alert name hyperlink (e.g., Test peer) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying notification triggers or recipient emails.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Alerts list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-07	Alerts	Export Alerts as CSV	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Export as .csv.	- A .csv file containing the list of configured alerts and their properties downloads successfully.
TC-08	Alerts	Import Alerts	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Import, upload a valid CSV file with alert definitions.	- The alerts are imported and reflected in the table.
TC-09	Alerts	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 5 alerts (dtest, Test alert, test alert 2, test alert45, Test peer) become selected simultaneously.
TC-10	Alerts	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., dtest) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-11	Alerts	Delete Selected Alert with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more alerts (e.g., Test alert), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The alert is deleted and the count updates to 4.
TC-12	Alerts	Cancel Alert Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select an alert, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The alert remains in the table.
TC-13	Alerts	Filter Matching Record by Name or Description	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type peer or delete into the Filter box.	- Matching records (e.g., Test peer or Test alert) remain visible in the table.
TC-14	Alerts	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-15	Alerts	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the ALERT NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Audit log

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Audit log	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Audit log section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Audit log.	- The page title ("Audit log"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Report on configuration changes made by users.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section headers ("Show entries matching:", "Search:"), filter controls (Customer:, Start date:, Start time:, End date:, End time:, Search:, Match:, Value: input text box). - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Audit log	Default Field Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that filter parameters load with correct default values: Customer: set to "My customer", Start date: set to current date (09/22/2026), Start time: set to 12:00:00 AM, End date: set to current date (09/22/2026), End time: set to 11:59:59 PM, Search: set to "None", Match: set to "Exact", and Value: field is empty.	- All expected UI elements for Audit log render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Audit log	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Audit log render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Audit log	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section. 2. click Show filters to ensure all filter inputs expand again properly.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Audit log	Customer Dropdown Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Customer: dropdown to verify that available customer options load and allow selecting different customer accounts for audit logging.	- Customer Dropdown Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-06	Audit log	Time Picker Stepper Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the + and - stepper buttons on Start time: and End time: fields to verify that hour, minute, second, and AM/PM indicators increment and decrement accurately.	- Time Picker Stepper Controls completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-07	Audit log	Date & Time Validation - Invalid Bounds	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Configure an End date: and End time: combination that is chronologically prior to the Start date: and Start time:, click Search.	- System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date range error message.
TC-08	Audit log	Dropdown Options Verification - Search Category & Match Type	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search: and Match: dropdowns to verify that available change categories (e.g., User, IP Address, Action, Item) and matching types (e.g., Exact, Contains, Begins with) are listed and selectable.	- All expected UI elements for Audit log render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-09	Audit log	Audit Search with Specific Criteria	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a specific search field from Search:, choose a match mode in Match:, enter a target value in Value: (e.g., specific user ID or IP address), click Search.	- Matching system configuration change logs are displayed in the results table.
TC-10	Audit log	Generate Audit Log - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using default parameters.	- All configuration change log entries for the selected customer within the time frame load accurately with timestamps, user details. - change descriptions.
TC-11	Audit log	No Audit Entries Found Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a time range or search value with no recorded configuration changes, click Search.	- An empty state message (e.g., "No audit log entries found matching criteria") is displayed.

Call shop

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Call shop	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Call shop section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Call shop.	- The page title ("New call shop telephones"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Call shops allow customers to walk in from the street, sit down at a telephone. - make calls.") with See more... link, section header ("Settings"), input controls (Number of telephones to add: slider with default value 1 and max limit 100, Rate plan: dropdown, Credit limit ($): input field). - Add button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Call shop	Default Field State Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that Number of telephones to add: defaults to 1, Rate plan: defaults to David Cunningham test, and Credit limit ($): defaults to 0.00.	- All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Call shop	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Call shop	Slider Control Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Drag the Number of telephones to add: slider between minimum (1) and maximum (100) values to verify smooth adjustment and accurate numerical indicator updates.	- All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-05	Call shop	Dropdown Selection Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Rate plan: dropdown to verify available rate plans load correctly and allow selecting different rate plans.	- All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-06	Call shop	Numeric Input Validation - Credit Limit	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-numeric or special characters into Credit limit ($):, click Add.	- System validation restricts invalid inputs or displays a formatting error.
TC-07	Call shop	Negative Value Handling - Credit Limit	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a negative value (e.g., -50.00) into Credit limit ($):, click Add.	- Validation prevents negative credit limit entries.
TC-08	Call shop	Successful Batch Telephones Addition	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set the desired quantity in Number of telephones to add: (e.g., 5), select a valid Rate plan:, specify a valid Credit limit ($): (e.g., 10.00), click Add.	- 5 new call shop telephones are generated and listed with a success confirmation message.

Calling cards

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Calling cards	UI Verification - Main Page	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Calling cards section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Calling cards.	- The page title ("Calling card groups"), total count ("Calling card groups: 1"), description banner ("Calling cards allow users to call into the system, be authenticated. - make calls out.") with See more... link, Filter input box, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New). - "Other options:" section links (All batches, Card usage statistics) are rendered correctly.
TC-02	Calling cards	Data Verification - Calling Card Groups	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with record test card, an unselected checkbox, an empty description, a favorite star icon, and quick action links (Batches, New batch).	- All expected UI elements for Calling cards render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Calling cards	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to ensure full context text expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Calling cards render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Calling cards	Create New Calling Card Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, enter valid calling card group parameters, save.	- The group count updates to 2 and the new group appears in the list.
TC-05	Calling cards	Duplicate Group Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a calling card group using an existing name (e.g., test card).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation.
TC-06	Calling cards	Group Batch Management Links	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Batches next to test card to view existing batches for that group, or click New batch to generate a new set of calling cards under test card.	- Group Batch Management Links completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-07	Calling cards	Bulk Selection & Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select the Select all button or toggle the individual checkbox next to test card, ensuring the Delete selected button becomes active.	- Bulk Selection & Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-08	Calling cards	Delete Selected Calling Card Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select test card, click Delete selected, confirm the deletion dialog.	- The group is removed and count updates to 0.
TC-09	Calling cards	Filter Matching & Non-Matching Records	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter test into the Filter box to verify test card remains visible. 2. enter xyz to verify the list filters out all items and displays an empty state.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-10	Calling cards	Navigate to All Batches	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click All batches under "Other options:" and verify navigation to Home / Customers / Calling cards / Calling card batches.	- Navigate to All Batches completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-11	Calling cards	UI & Data Verification - Calling Card Batches	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. On the Calling Card Batches page, verify page title ("Calling card batches for all card groups"), total count ("Calling card batches: 1 to 5 of 48"), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected), Filter box, pagination controls (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ..., ›, »), Cards view links, and batch records (e.g., 2021-07-22 13:49:06-1, 2021-07-22 13:49:06-10).	- All expected UI elements for Calling cards render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-12	Calling cards	Pagination Navigation in Batches	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click page numbers 2 through 5 or navigation arrows on the Batches page to verify smooth navigation across all 48 card batches.	- Pagination Navigation in Batches completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-13	Calling cards	Navigate to Individual Cards in a Batch	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Cards link next to any batch record to view individual card PINs and credit balances for that specific batch.	- Navigate to Individual Cards in a Batch completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-14	Calling cards	Navigate to Card Usage Statistics	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Card usage statistics under "Other options:" on either page and verify navigation to Home / Customers / Calling cards / Card usage statistics.	- Navigate to Card Usage Statistics completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-15	Calling cards	Card Usage Statistics UI & Export Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. On the Card Usage Statistics page, verify that table columns (GROUP, BATCH, CARDS USED, CARDS NEVER USED, TOTAL CARDS) render accurately, click Export as .csv.	- A .csv file containing usage statistics downloads successfully.
TC-16	Calling cards	Column Sorting Across Modules	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click column headers (NAME, GROUP, BATCH, CARDS USED, TOTAL CARDS) across any table view to confirm records reorder in ascending and descending alphanumeric order.	- Column Sorting Across Modules completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Commerce

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Commerce	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Commerce section.	1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Commerce.	- The page title ("Commerce settings"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Configure invoicing and payment for your customers.") with See more... link, section header ("Invoices"), fields (*Next invoice number:, Fixed prefix on invoice numbers:, PayPal account:), mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory."). - Save button are rendered properly.
TC-02	Commerce	Default Value Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that Next invoice number: defaults to 219, Fixed prefix on invoice numbers: defaults to 58, and PayPal account: field is initially empty.	- All expected UI elements for Commerce render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Commerce	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to ensure additional details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to verify the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Commerce render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Commerce	Mandatory Field Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear the value in *Next invoice number:, click Save.	- System validation blocks the form submission and displays a mandatory field error.
TC-05	Commerce	Invalid Input Handling - Non-Numeric Invoice Number	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-numeric characters (e.g., abc or special symbols) in the *Next invoice number: field, click Save.	- Validation prevents saving invalid characters.
TC-06	Commerce	Invalid Input Handling - Invalid Email for PayPal Account	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter an invalid email format (e.g., user@domain or invalid_email) into the PayPal account: input field, click Save.	- Email format validation triggers.
TC-07	Commerce	Successful Update - Commerce Settings	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter valid numeric values in *Next invoice number: (e.g., 220) and Fixed prefix on invoice numbers: (e.g., 59), enter a valid email address in PayPal account: (e.g., billing@company.com), click Save.	- A success message is displayed.
TC-08	Commerce	Persistence Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. After saving changes, refresh the page or navigate away and return to Home / Users and account / Commerce to verify that the updated invoice number, prefix, and PayPal account details persist.	- All expected UI elements for Commerce render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-09	Commerce	Next Invoice Number Sequential Generation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. After configuring a next invoice number (e.g., 219), generate a new invoice in the system.	- It uses prefix 58 with number 219 (e.g., 58219). - automatically increments the Next invoice number to 220 in Commerce settings.

Commercial reports

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-02	Commercial reports	Default Date Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that both Start date: and End date: input fields default to the current system date (09/22/2026).	- All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Commercial reports	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional information expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Commercial reports	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters to ensure the date input controls expand again.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Commercial reports	Date Picker Control Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the calendar icon on Start date: and End date: fields to verify that the date picker widget opens and allows selecting custom valid dates.	- All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-06	Commercial reports	Date Range Logic Validation - End Date Prior to Start Date	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Set Start date: to a date after End date: (e.g., Start date: 09/25/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search.	- System validation prevents form submission with an appropriate date range error message.
TC-07	Commercial reports	Invalid Date Input Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-date strings or invalid formats (e.g., 99/99/9999 or abc) into Start date: or End date:, click Search.	- Date format validation triggers.
TC-08	Commercial reports	Same-Day Report Generation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Keep both Start date: and End date: set to the same day (09/22/2026), click Search.	- Commercial revenue reports generated for that single day load accurately.
TC-09	Commercial reports	Date Range Commercial Report Generation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a valid historical date range (e.g., Start date: 09/01/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search.	- Financial tables (showing revenues, pre-paid. - post-paid breakdown) are displayed in the report output.
TC-10	Commercial reports	Pre-Paid Warning Banner Visibility	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the pre-paid spending disclaimer banner remains persistently visible below the search section during date filter updates and report renders.	- All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.

Conferences

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Conferences	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Conferences section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Conferences.	- The page title ("Conferences"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Conferences: 1"), description banner ("Conferences allow two or more people to call into the system and talk together.") with See more... link, Filter input field. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered.
TC-02	Conferences	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers CONFERENCE CODE and DESCRIPTION, along with the record 373827, an unselected checkbox, an empty description, and a favorite star icon.	- All expected UI elements for Conferences render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Conferences	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top banner to ensure additional details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to verify the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Conferences render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Conferences	Create New Conference	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, enter valid conference details (such as conference code, PINs, or moderator settings), save.	- The count updates to 2 and the new conference appears in the list.
TC-05	Conferences	Duplicate Conference Code Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a conference using an existing conference code (e.g., 373827).	- Validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Conferences	Conference Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the conference code hyperlink 373827 to verify navigation to its setup page to modify conference parameters, access control, or participant limits.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Conferences list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-07	Conferences	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- The checkbox for 373827 becomes selected.
TC-08	Conferences	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to 373827 to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Conferences	Delete Selected Conference with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select 373827, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The conference room is deleted and the total count updates to 0.
TC-10	Conferences	Cancel Conference Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select 373827, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- 373827 remains in the table.
TC-11	Conferences	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type 373 into the Filter box.	- 373827 remains visible in the list.
TC-12	Conferences	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Conferences	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the CONFERENCE CODE and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records sort in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Customer reports

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Customer reports	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Customer reports section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Customer reports.	- The page title ("Customer reports"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Report on the balance of each customer.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section label ("Show customers matching:"), dropdown fields (Search:, Matching customers:). - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Customer reports	Default Field Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the Search: dropdown defaults to All our customers and the Matching customers: dropdown defaults to All customers.	- All expected UI elements for Customer reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Customer reports	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Customer reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Customer reports	Toggle Filter Visibility	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter controls. 2. click Show filters to ensure the filter section expands again properly.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Customer reports	Dropdown Options Verification - Search Filter	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Search: dropdown.	- Available customer scope categories (e.g., "All our customers", specific customer groups, or reseller levels) load and are selectable.
TC-06	Customer reports	Dropdown Options Verification - Matching Customers Filter	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Matching customers: dropdown.	- Account state filters (e.g., "All customers", "Positive balance", "Negative balance", "Zero balance") load correctly.
TC-07	Customer reports	Generate Report - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Search button with default selections ("All our customers" / "All customers").	- A data table listing all customer balances, accounts. - financial statuses renders accurately.
TC-08	Customer reports	Generate Report - Filtered Customer Balance Query	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Change Matching customers: to a specific criteria (e.g., customers with negative balance), click Search.	- The resulting report filters out non-matching customer accounts.
TC-09	Customer reports	Empty Results State Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a filter combination that returns no records, click Search.	- An appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No matching customers found") is displayed.
TC-10	Customer reports	Export Customer Balance Report	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Once report results load after clicking Search, click the export control (e.g., Export as .csv).	- The customer balances report downloads successfully in CSV format.

Customer settings

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Customer settings	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Customer settings section.	1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Customer.	- The page title ("Customer settings"), description banner with See more... link, mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory."). - Save button are rendered properly.
TC-02	Customer settings	Default Field Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that mandatory fields are pre-filled (e.g., Your customer name: set to "Integrics Test 4.4", Email address: set to "acunningham@integrics.com"), read-only fields show correct defaults (Your rate plan: Your own rate plan, Balance: $0.00, Paid until: 2026-09-30 05:00:00pm), toggles show correct default states (Include in directory: ON, Email when balance drops below threshold: ON, Accept customer tickets: ON, Automatically log out virtual telephones nightly: OFF, Locked (telephony): OFF), and standard settings load their default dropdown values (Invoice currency: U.S. 2. Dollars, Time zone: 00:00 UTC, Default dial plan: United States of America, Format for received faxes: PDF, Parking timeout: 4 minutes, Country: Albania).	- All expected UI elements for Customer settings render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Customer settings	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify that full context text expands. 2. click the X icon in the top right to close the banner.	- All expected UI elements for Customer settings render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Customer settings	Mandatory Field Validation - Customer Name	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear the *Your customer name: field, click Save.	- Validation blocks the save operation with an error message.
TC-05	Customer settings	Mandatory Field Validation - Email Address	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear the *Email address: field under Billing address, click Save.	- Validation prevents form submission.
TC-06	Customer settings	Invalid Email Format Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter invalid email formats in *Email address: (e.g., user@domain or missing @), click Save.	- Email format validation triggers.
TC-07	Customer settings	Multiple Email Addresses in Billing Email	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter space-separated email addresses in *Email address: (e.g., acunningham@integrics.com billing@integrics.com) as specified by the field note, click Save.	- Both addresses are saved without error.
TC-08	Customer settings	Numeric Input Validation - Threshold	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Toggle Email when balance drops below threshold: to ON, enter non-numeric values or negative numbers into Threshold ($):, click Save.	- Validation restricts invalid numerical inputs.
TC-09	Customer settings	IP Address Format Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter invalid IP address strings (e.g., 999.999.999.999 or abc.def) in Default only allow from source IP address(es):, click Save.	- Valid IP/CIDR syntax is enforced.
TC-10	Customer settings	URL Field Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter an invalid URL format in Send events to URL:, click Save.	- URL validation triggers.
TC-11	Customer settings	Toggle Controls Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Toggle setting switches (e.g., Include in directory, Automatically log out virtual telephones nightly, Locked (telephony), Accept customer tickets) ON and OFF, click Save.	- State changes are saved properly.
TC-12	Customer settings	Dropdown Options Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Change select fields (Time zone, Default dial plan, Default music, Dial by name order, Format for received faxes, Parking timeout, When exceeding maximum calls, When a call fails, Country), click Save.	- Selected values save successfully.
TC-13	Customer settings	Successful Form Save & Data Persistence	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Modify valid fields across Account Settings and Billing Address, click Save, confirm the success notification, and reload the page to ensure all updated values persist accurately.	- Successful Form Save & Data Persistence completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Customers

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Customers	UI Verification - Main Page	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Customers section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Customers.	- The page title ("Customers"), breadcrumb navigation, total customer count ("Customers: 1 to 5 of 14"), description banner ("The customer is the basic entity within the system...") with See more... link, search filter controls (Hide filters toggle, Name contains: input, Update button), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Export customers, Import customers, New), table column headers (CUSTOMER NAME, DESCRIPTION, ACCOUNT, ACTIONS), pagination controls (1, 2, 3, ›, » (3)). - "Other options:" section containing the "Deleted customers" link are properly rendered.
TC-02	Customers	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table lists 5 customer records (Alex Balashov, David Cunningham test, David Customer 2, dretest, duc test customer) along with their respective account numbers (36011095, 88412402, 21070352, 24892326, 41648372), empty descriptions, checkboxes, favorite star/folder icons, and action links (Switch, Increase balance).	- All expected UI elements for Customers render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Customers	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Customers render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Customers	Filter / Search Functionality	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a search string (e.g., David or Alex) into Name contains:, click Update.	- The table dynamically filters to display only matching customer records.
TC-05	Customers	Filter Reset / Clear Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear the Name contains: input field, click Update.	- All 14 customers become accessible again across pagination.
TC-06	Customers	Toggle Filter Visibility	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to ensure the search filter controls collapse. 2. click Show filters to verify the filter panel expands.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-07	Customers	Pagination Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click page numbers 2, 3, next (›), or last (» (3)) arrows to verify navigation across all 14 customer records.	- Pagination Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-08	Customers	Create New Customer	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, enter valid customer details, save.	- The total customer count updates to 15 and the new customer appears in the list.
TC-09	Customers	Customer Detail Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any customer name hyperlink (e.g., Alex Balashov) to verify navigation to that specific customer's profile and management page.	- Customer Detail Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-10	Customers	Switch Customer Session	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Switch link next to a customer record (e.g., Switch next to duc test customer).	- The administrator switches context/impersonates that customer's portal view.
TC-11	Customers	Increase Balance Action	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Increase balance next to a customer record.	- It opens the payment or credit adjustment modal/page to adjust the customer's account balance.
TC-12	Customers	Export Customers List	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Export customers.	- A data file containing customer account details downloads successfully.
TC-13	Customers	Import Customers Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Import customers and verify navigation to the bulk customer import interface.	- The file is generated/processed successfully in the expected format. - Data in the file accurately reflects the current records. - The user receives confirmation that the action completed.
TC-14	Customers	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all listed customers on the current page become selected simultaneously.
TC-15	Customers	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., dretest) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-16	Customers	Delete Selected Customer with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more customers (e.g., dretest), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The selected customer is moved to the deleted customers archive and total count updates.
TC-17	Customers	Cancel Customer Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a customer, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The record remains intact in the main customer list.
TC-18	Customers	Deleted Customers Archive Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Deleted customers under "Other options:" and verify navigation to the archived/deleted customer logs page.	- The selected record is removed successfully from the Customers list. - A confirmation prompt is shown before deletion. - The system updates counts/records accordingly.
TC-19	Customers	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the CUSTOMER NAME, DESCRIPTION, and ACCOUNT column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Files

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Files	UI Verification - Empty State	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Files section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Files.	- The page title ("Files"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Store files such as logos without needing an additional web server.") with See more... link, empty state message ("You have no files."). - the New button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Files	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional information expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Files render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Files	Upload Valid File	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, choose a valid file (e.g., logo or document within allowed size limits), save/upload.	- The file uploads successfully, the "You have no files." message disappears. - the file appears in a newly generated data table.
TC-04	Files	Upload Unsupported File Format	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to upload an unsupported file extension (e.g., .exe or .bat).	- System validation blocks the upload with an appropriate error message.
TC-05	Files	Upload File Exceeding Size Limit	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to upload a file that exceeds the maximum permitted file size.	- System validation prevents the upload and shows a size-limit error.
TC-06	Files	Duplicate File Name Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Upload a file, click New again, attempt to upload another file with the exact same name, and verify whether the system renames it, prompts for overwrite, or shows a duplicate error.	- The system detects the invalid/duplicate input. - An appropriate, clear validation or error message is displayed. - The invalid action is prevented and no data is corrupted.
TC-07	Files	File Download & Access	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Once a file is uploaded, click its name or download link to verify that the stored file can be retrieved and downloaded correctly.	- The file is generated/processed successfully in the expected format. - Data in the file accurately reflects the current records. - The user receives confirmation that the action completed.
TC-08	Files	UI State Transition After Upload	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that uploading the first file dynamically renders table controls (e.g., column headers, Select all, Delete selected, and Filter fields) previously hidden during the empty state.	- All expected UI elements for Files render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-09	Files	Delete Uploaded File	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select an uploaded file, click the newly enabled Delete selected button, confirm the deletion prompt.	- The file is deleted and the interface returns to the "You have no files." state if no files remain.

Hunt groups

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Hunt groups	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Hunt groups section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Hunt groups.	- The page title ("Hunt groups"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Hunt groups: 3"), description banner ("Hunt groups allow more than one destination to ring at once.") with See more... link, Filter input box. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered.
TC-02	Hunt groups	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DETAILS, along with the 3 hunt group records (Marin huntgroup, test 1, Test edit link) and their respective details (test for Marin huntgroup, empty for test 1 and Test edit link), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Hunt groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Hunt groups	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Hunt groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Hunt groups	Create New Hunt Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, fill in valid hunt group configuration details (such as ringing order, strategy, and member destinations), save.	- The count updates to 4 and the new group appears in the list.
TC-05	Hunt groups	Duplicate Hunt Group Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a hunt group using an existing name (e.g., Marin huntgroup).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Hunt groups	Hunt Group Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any hunt group hyperlink (e.g., Test edit link) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying extension assignments, ring timeout, or fallback actions.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Hunt groups list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-07	Hunt groups	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 3 hunt groups (Marin huntgroup, test 1, Test edit link) become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Hunt groups	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test 1) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Hunt groups	Delete Selected Hunt Group with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more hunt groups (e.g., test 1), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The group is deleted and the total count updates accordingly.
TC-10	Hunt groups	Cancel Hunt Group Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a hunt group, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The selected group remains in the list.
TC-11	Hunt groups	Filter Matching Record by Name or Detail	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type Marin or test into the Filter box.	- Matching records (e.g., Marin huntgroup) remain visible in the table.
TC-12	Hunt groups	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Hunt groups	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DETAILS column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Import users and features

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Import users and features	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Import users and features section.	1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Import users.	- The page title ("Import users and features"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Import many users with commonly used features at once.") with See more... link, section header ("Settings:"), input fields (*.csv file to import:, Purchase numbers as needed: toggle), mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory."). - Next button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Import users and features	Default Field State Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the Purchase numbers as needed: toggle defaults to ON and the file input field is empty.	- All expected UI elements for Import users and features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Import users and features	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional information expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Import users and features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Import users and features	Mandatory File Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Leave *.csv file to import: empty, click Next.	- Form submission is blocked with an error message indicating that a CSV file is required.
TC-05	Import users and features	Invalid File Format Upload	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Upload a non-CSV file format (e.g., .txt, .xlsx, .pdf, .png), click Next.	- The system rejects the file with an invalid format error.
TC-06	Import users and features	Malformed / Corrupted CSV Upload	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Upload a CSV file with incorrect column headers, missing required fields, or invalid syntax, click Next.	- The file parsing stage highlights specific row/field validation errors.
TC-07	Import users and features	Import with Purchase Numbers Enabled	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Upload a valid CSV containing user records requiring new numbers, leave Purchase numbers as needed: toggled ON, click Next.	- Missing numbers are automatically purchased during user creation.
TC-08	Import users and features	Import with Purchase Numbers Disabled	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Upload a CSV requiring new numbers with Purchase numbers as needed: toggled OFF, click Next.	- The import alerts the user or halts when available numbers are exhausted.
TC-09	Import users and features	Successful Bulk Import Execution	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Upload a properly formatted .csv file, click Next, proceed through the import confirmation step.	- All users, telephone lines. - associated features listed in the file are successfully created.

Invoices

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Invoices	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Invoices section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Invoices.	- The page title ("Invoices for Integrics Test 4.4"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Show invoices for customers.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter sections ("Show invoices matching:", "Sort:"), filter inputs (Customer:, Status:, Start date:, Start time:, End date:, End time:, Sort by:, Direction:), Search button. - "Other actions:" section containing the "Send invoices to customers" link are properly rendered.
TC-02	Invoices	Default Field Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the filter controls load with correct default states: Customer: set to "Integrics Test 4.4", Status: set to "Any", Start date: set to current date (09/22/2026), Start time: set to 00:00:00, End date: set to current date (09/22/2026), End time: set to 23:59:59, Sort by: set to "Customer name", and Direction: set to "Ascending".	- All expected UI elements for Invoices render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Invoices	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Invoices render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Invoices	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters to ensure the filter section expands again properly.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Invoices	Customer & Status Dropdown Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Customer: and Status: dropdowns to verify that available customer options and invoice statuses (e.g., Any, Paid, Unpaid, Overdue) load and are selectable.	- Customer & Status Dropdown Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-06	Invoices	Time Picker Stepper Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the + and - stepper buttons on Start time: and End time: fields to verify that hour, minute, and second values increment and decrement accurately.	- Time Picker Stepper Controls completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-07	Invoices	Date Range & Time Validation - End Before Start	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Configure an End date: and End time: combination that is chronologically prior to the Start date: and Start time:, click Search.	- System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date/time range error message.
TC-08	Invoices	Generate Invoices Report - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using default filter parameters.	- Matching invoices generated within the specified timeframe render accurately in the results table.
TC-09	Invoices	Sorting Filter Execution	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Modify Sort by: (e.g., to Invoice date, Number, or Total amount) and Direction: (e.g., to Descending), click Search.	- Returned invoice records reorder accordingly.
TC-10	Invoices	No Invoices Found Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a date/time range or status filter with no matching records, click Search.	- An empty state message (e.g., "No invoices found") is displayed.
TC-11	Invoices	Send Invoices to Customers Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click "Send invoices to customers" under "Other actions:" and verify navigation to the automated email/batch invoice dispatch utility.	- Send Invoices to Customers Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Page groups

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Page groups	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Page groups section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Page groups.	- The page title ("Page groups"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Page groups: 2"), description banner ("Page groups allow more than one destination to be called at once. - All that answer are put into a conference.") with See more... link, Filter input box. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered.
TC-02	Page groups	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 2 page group records (test 1, test Page group) and their respective descriptions (test for test 1, empty for test Page group), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Page groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Page groups	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Page groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Page groups	Create New Page Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, fill in valid page group configuration details (such as extension, timeout, and target destinations/extensions), save.	- The count updates to 3 and the new group appears in the list.
TC-05	Page groups	Duplicate Page Group Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a page group using an existing name (e.g., test 1).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Page groups	Page Group Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any page group hyperlink (e.g., test Page group) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying group extensions or target endpoints.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Page groups list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-07	Page groups	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for both page groups (test 1, test Page group) become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Page groups	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test 1) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Page groups	Delete Selected Page Group with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more page groups (e.g., test 1), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The group is deleted and the total count updates to 1.
TC-10	Page groups	Cancel Page Group Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a page group, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The selected group remains in the list.
TC-11	Page groups	Filter Matching Record by Name or Description	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type Page group or test into the Filter box.	- Matching records (e.g., test Page group) remain visible in the table.
TC-12	Page groups	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Page groups	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Payment

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Payment	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Payment section.	1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Payment.	- The page title ("Payment settings"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Configure your method of payment to keep your account active.") with See more... link, section header ("Credit card details:"), card input fields (Credit card type, Name on credit card:, Credit card number:, card logo icon, CCV, Card expires: month and year dropdowns), trash/delete icon button, Save button. - mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.") are properly rendered.
TC-02	Payment	Default Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that existing card details populate accurately (Credit card type set to "Visa", Name on credit card: set to "Susan Summer", masked Credit card number: showing "XXXX XXXX XXXX 84884", and Card expires: dropdowns set to "01" and "2030").	- All expected UI elements for Payment render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Payment	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the description banner to verify context text expands. 2. click the X icon in the top right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Payment render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Payment	Mandatory Field Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear Name on credit card: or Credit card number:, click Save.	- System validation blocks form submission with an error message.
TC-05	Payment	Invalid Card Number Handling - Luhn Algorithm & Length	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter an invalid credit card number sequence (e.g., non-numeric characters, too few digits, or a number failing the Luhn check) into Credit card number:, click Save.	- Validation catches the invalid card number.
TC-06	Payment	Invalid CCV / CVV Format	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-numeric values, symbols, or incorrect length formats (e.g., 12 or abcd) into the CCV field, click Save.	- CVV format validation triggers.
TC-07	Payment	Expired Card Date Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a past expiration month/year combination in Card expires:, click Save.	- System validation prevents saving an expired card.
TC-08	Payment	Card Type Auto-Detection / Dropdown Alignment	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select different credit card types (e.g., Mastercard, American Express, Discover) from Credit card type or enter corresponding card numbers.	- The card icon dynamically updates to match the selected type.
TC-09	Payment	Successful Card Update & Masking Persistence	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter valid updated credit card details, CVV, and expiration date, click Save.	- A success notification is shown, with the card number masked appropriately upon page refresh.
TC-10	Payment	Delete Payment Method with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the red trash/delete icon button, confirm the deletion prompt.	- The saved credit card details are removed from the account.
TC-11	Payment	Cancel Payment Method Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the red trash/delete icon button, click Cancel on the confirmation modal.	- The card details remain intact.

Pickup groups

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Pickup groups	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Pickup groups section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Pickup groups and verify header ("Pickup groups: 1"), description text with See more... link, Filter input box, and action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are rendered correctly.	- All expected UI elements for Pickup groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-02	Pickup groups	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays group test 1 with an unselected checkbox, an empty description column, and a favorite star icon.	- All expected UI elements for Pickup groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Pickup groups	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify text expansion. 2. click the X icon to ensure the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Pickup groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Pickup groups	Create New Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, fill in valid pickup group details, save, and confirm that the list updates, the group count increments to 2, and the new item appears.	- The new record is created successfully and saved without errors. - It immediately appears in the Pickup groups list/table with the correct details. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-05	Pickup groups	Duplicate Group Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a pickup group with the existing name test 1.	- Validation prevents duplicate creation.
TC-06	Pickup groups	Group Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the hyperlink test 1.	- The system navigates to the group edit page for managing assigned extension/telephone lines.
TC-07	Pickup groups	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all and verify all row checkboxes (including test 1) become checked.	- Bulk Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-08	Pickup groups	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to test 1 to ensure it toggles correctly and enables the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Pickup groups	Delete Group with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select test 1, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt, and verify the group is deleted and count updates to 0.	- The selected record is removed successfully from the Pickup groups list. - A confirmation prompt is shown before deletion. - The system updates counts/records accordingly.
TC-10	Pickup groups	Cancel Group Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select test 1, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation pop-up, and verify test 1 remains in the table.	- Cancel Group Deletion completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-11	Pickup groups	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type test into the Filter box and verify test 1 remains visible in the list.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-12	Pickup groups	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- Test 1 is hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Pickup groups	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column headers to verify list items sort in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Products

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Products	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Products section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Products.	- The page title ("Products"), breadcrumb navigation, total product count ("Products: 4"), description banner ("Define products or services for your customers to purchase.") with See more... link, Filter input box. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Products	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 4 product records (marin product 2, marin product 3, test, test product marin) and their respective descriptions (empty for marin product 2 and marin product 3, test for test, and delete for test product marin), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Products render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Products	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Products render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Products	Create New Product	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, fill in valid product/service details (such as pricing, billing frequency, and product name), save.	- The total count updates to 5 and the new product appears in the table.
TC-05	Products	Duplicate Product Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a product using an existing name (e.g., marin product 2).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Products	Product Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any product name hyperlink (e.g., test product marin) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying pricing, features, or billing rules.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Products list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-07	Products	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 4 products (marin product 2, marin product 3, test, test product marin) become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Products	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Products	Delete Selected Product with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more products (e.g., test product marin), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The product is deleted and the count updates to 3.
TC-10	Products	Cancel Product Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a product, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The product remains in the list.
TC-11	Products	Filter Matching Record by Name or Description	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type marin or delete into the Filter box.	- Matching records (e.g., marin product 2, marin product 3, test product marin) remain visible in the table.
TC-12	Products	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Products	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that product records reorder in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Queues

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Queues	UI Verification - Main Page	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Queues section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Queues.	- The page title ("Queues"), total count ("Queues: 3"), description banner ("Queues allow more callers than available destinations. - callers hear music until a destination is available.") with See more... link, Filter field, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New). - "Other options:" section containing "Holding calls on all queues" link are properly rendered.
TC-02	Queues	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table lists all 3 queue records (duc test, TEST 34, Zubair's Test Queue) along with their respective descriptions (empty for duc test and TEST 34, Zubair's Test Queue for Zubair's Test Queue), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Queues render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Queues	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands. 2. click the X icon to ensure the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Queues render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Queues	Create New Queue	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, enter valid queue configuration details (e.g., ring strategy, music on hold, max hold time), save.	- The queue count updates to 4 and the new entry appears in the list.
TC-05	Queues	Duplicate Queue Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a queue using an existing name (e.g., duc test).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation.
TC-06	Queues	Queue Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any queue name hyperlink (e.g., Zubair's Test Queue) to verify navigation to its configuration page for managing agents, call distribution, or announcements.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Queues list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-07	Queues	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- All checkboxes for the listed queues (duc test, TEST 34, Zubair's Test Queue) become selected.
TC-08	Queues	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., TEST 34) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Queues	Delete Selected Queue with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more queues (e.g., duc test), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The queue is removed and the total count updates accordingly.
TC-10	Queues	Cancel Queue Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a queue, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The queue remains in the table.
TC-11	Queues	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type Zubair into the Filter box.	- Only Zubair's Test Queue remains visible.
TC-12	Queues	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Queues	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that queue records sort in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-14	Queues	Holding Calls Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Holding calls on all queues link under "Other options:" and verify navigation to Home / Features and tools / Queues / Holding calls.	- Holding Calls Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-15	Queues	Holding Calls UI & Filters	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. On the Holding Calls page, click Show filters and verify options for Sort by (defaulting to "Hold time"), Direction (defaulting to "Ascending"), Refresh every slider (1 to 300 seconds), Update button, and "No calls found." state when no callers are on hold.	- All expected UI elements for Queues render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-16	Queues	Holding Calls Auto-Refresh & Update	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Adjust the Refresh every slider or dropdown criteria and click Update to verify that the table refreshes and accurately displays real-time holding calls across all queues.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Queues list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.

Rate plans

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Rate plans	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Rate plans section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Rate plans.	- The page title ("Rate plans"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Rate plans define which features are available to customers and how much these features cost.") with See more... link, search filter controls (Hide filters toggle, Name contains: input, Update button), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New), table column headers (NAME, DESCRIPTION). - active page indicator (1) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Rate plans	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table lists all 5 rate plan records (David Cunningham test, duc test rateplan charge, Frane test, Marin test copy plan, RatePlan7536) along with their respective descriptions (empty for the first three, For ticket #7536 for Marin test copy plan and RatePlan7536), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Rate plans render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Rate plans	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Rate plans render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Rate plans	Filter / Search Functionality	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a search string (e.g., 7536 or Frane) into Name contains:, click Update.	- The table dynamically filters to display only matching rate plan records.
TC-05	Rate plans	Filter Reset / Clear Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear the Name contains: input field, click Update.	- All rate plans reappear in the list.
TC-06	Rate plans	Toggle Filter Visibility	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters to confirm it expands again.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-07	Rate plans	Create New Rate Plan	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, enter valid rate plan details (e.g., plan name, feature costs, pricing rates), save.	- The new rate plan appears in the table.
TC-08	Rate plans	Duplicate Rate Plan Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a rate plan with an existing name (e.g., Frane test).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-09	Rate plans	Rate Plan Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any rate plan name hyperlink (e.g., David Cunningham test) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying rates and assigned features.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Rate plans list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-10	Rate plans	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 5 listed rate plans become selected simultaneously.
TC-11	Rate plans	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., duc test rateplan charge) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-12	Rate plans	Delete Selected Rate Plan with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more rate plans (e.g., RatePlan7536), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The selected rate plan is deleted from the system.
TC-13	Rate plans	Cancel Rate Plan Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a rate plan, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The record remains intact in the table.
TC-14	Rate plans	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending alphanumeric order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Requests

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Requests	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Requests section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Requests.	- The page title ("Requests"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Requests: 1 to 5 of 10"), description banner ("Customers can send you requests, which you can review and approve or reject.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected), table column headers (NAME, DETAILS), pagination controls («, ‹, 1, 2, ›, »). - action links (Approve, Reject) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Requests	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	Reject).	- All expected UI elements for Requests render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Requests	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Requests render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Requests	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section. 2. click Show filters to ensure the search panel expands properly.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Requests	Pagination Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click page number 2 or the next page arrow (›) to verify navigation to records 6 through 10. 2. click page 1 or previous arrow (‹) to return.	- Pagination Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-06	Requests	Approve Customer Request	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Approve link next to a request (e.g., Take payment, $13.00(New)), confirm approval if prompted.	- The payment process triggers, the request status updates. - total requests count decreases to 9.
TC-07	Requests	Reject Customer Request	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Reject link next to a request (e.g., Take payment, $10.00(New)), enter a rejection reason if prompted.	- The request is declined and removed from active requests.
TC-08	Requests	Request Detail/Customer Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the customer name hyperlink Rodolfo Castellanos to verify navigation to that specific customer's account profile.	- Request Detail/Customer Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-09	Requests	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 5 requests on the current page become selected simultaneously.
TC-10	Requests	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific request row to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-11	Requests	Delete Selected Requests with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more requests, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The selected requests are permanently removed and total count updates.
TC-12	Requests	Cancel Request Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a request, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation modal.	- The request remains in the list.
TC-13	Requests	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DETAILS column header sort arrows to verify that request records reorder in ascending and descending order.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Search

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Search	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Search section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Search.	- The page title ("Search"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Search for features in your customer and sub-customers recursively.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section header ("Search criteria:"), input dropdowns (Search for:, Match:), input text box (Name or number:). - Update button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Search	Default Field Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that Search for: defaults to Customers: By name, Match: defaults to Exact, and Name or number: field is initially empty.	- All expected UI elements for Search render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Search	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Search render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Search	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters to verify the search inputs expand again.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Search	Dropdown Options Verification - Search For	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Search for: dropdown.	- All available entity search categories (e.g., Customers by name, Customers by number, Features, Telephones, Users) are listed and selectable.
TC-06	Search	Dropdown Options Verification - Match Type	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Match: dropdown.	- Matching strategies (e.g., Exact, Contains, Begins with, Ends with) load properly.
TC-07	Search	Exact Match Search - Valid Entity	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select Exact in Match:, enter an exact existing customer name or number in Name or number:, click Update.	- The precise matching record is returned in the search results table.
TC-08	Search	Partial / Contains Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select Contains or partial match mode in Match:, enter a partial string (e.g., test) in Name or number:, click Update.	- All recursive customer/sub-customer records containing that string are listed.
TC-09	Search	Non-Matching Search Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a non-existent search term (e.g., xyz999) in Name or number:, click Update.	- An empty state message (e.g., "No results found") is displayed.
TC-10	Search	Empty Search Submission	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Leave Name or number: blank, click Update, and verify whether the system returns all recursive items or displays a validation prompt requesting search input.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.

Sounds

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Sounds	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Sounds section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Sounds.	- The page title ("Sounds"), total count ("Sounds: 1 to 5 of 17"), description banner with See more..., Filter input box, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New), pagination controls («, ‹, 1, 2, 3, 4, ›, »). - the "Other options:" section containing "Call to record" are rendered correctly.
TC-02	Sounds	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays 5 sound records (11, 12, 3, 33, 4) with individual checkboxes, empty description columns, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Sounds render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Sounds	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top banner to ensure text expands to show full details on sound files. 2. click the X icon to close the banner.	- All expected UI elements for Sounds render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Sounds	Pagination Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click page numbers 2, 3, or 4, as well as next (›) / last (») arrows, to verify navigation between the total 17 items works and displays the remaining sounds.	- Pagination Controls completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-05	Sounds	Create New Sound	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, upload/record a valid audio file, save.	- The total count updates from 17 to 18 and the sound appears in the list.
TC-06	Sounds	Duplicate Sound Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create or upload a sound with an existing name (e.g., 11).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation.
TC-07	Sounds	Sound Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any sound name hyperlink (e.g., 11) to verify navigation to the sound management page for playback, editing, or re-recording.	- The record is updated successfully with the new values. - Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Sounds list/details view. - A success confirmation is shown to the user.
TC-08	Sounds	Call to Record Option	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Call to record under "Other options:".	- It opens the interface or triggers a prompt to initiate a phone call for recording a sound file.
TC-09	Sounds	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- All checkboxes on the current page (11, 12, 3, 33, 4) become checked.
TC-10	Sounds	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a specific checkbox (e.g., next to 11) and ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.	- Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-11	Sounds	Delete Selected Sounds with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more sound items, click Delete selected, confirm the dialog.	- The selected records are removed and the count updates.
TC-12	Sounds	Cancel Sound Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a sound, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog, and verify the record remains in the table.	- Cancel Sound Deletion completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-13	Sounds	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type 3 into the Filter box and verify the list dynamically updates to show matching items (e.g., 3, 33).	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-14	Sounds	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- No sound records are displayed and an empty state message is shown.
TC-15	Sounds	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME or DESCRIPTION column header arrows to verify the 17 items sort in ascending and descending alphanumeric order across pagination.	- Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.

Support

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Support	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Support section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Support.	- The page title ("Support"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Allow your customers to contact you using a support ticket system.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter dropdowns (Customer:, Status:), input text box (Containing text:), sorting controls (Sort by:, Direction:). - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Support	Default Field State Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that Customer: defaults to All our customers, Status: defaults to Requiring my attention, Containing text: field is initially empty, Sort by: defaults to Created, and Direction: defaults to Ascending.	- All expected UI elements for Support render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Support	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context text expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes.	- All expected UI elements for Support render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-04	Support	Toggle Filter Visibility	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters to ensure the filter and sort inputs expand again.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-05	Support	Customer Filter Dropdown Options	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Customer: dropdown.	- It lists "All our customers" along with individual customer names for specific ticket filtering.
TC-06	Support	Status Filter Dropdown Options	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Status: dropdown.	- Ticket statuses (e.g., Requiring my attention, Open, Closed, Pending) are selectable.
TC-07	Support	Text Search Matching	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a specific subject or description keyword into Containing text:, click Search.	- Only support tickets containing that keyword are displayed in the results.
TC-08	Support	Sorting Controls Execution	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Change Sort by: (e.g., to Updated or Priority) and Direction: (e.g., to Descending), click Search.	- The returned ticket list reorders accordingly.
TC-09	Support	Filter Reset & Default Search Execution	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search with default parameters to verify that all tickets requiring attention across all customers load correctly in ascending order of creation date.	- The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria. - Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate.
TC-10	Support	No Results Found Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a non-existent string in Containing text:, click Search.	- An empty state message (e.g., "No tickets found") is displayed.

Bulk dialer

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_BC_01	Bulk dialer	Page Layout & Breadcrumbs	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Observe breadcrumb path (Home / Features and tools / Bulk dialer). 2. 3. Check heading, counter, buttons, search input, and table.	- All elements render correctly, displaying the correct breadcrumbs and record counter (Bulk campaigns: 2).
TC_BC_02	Bulk dialer	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools in the breadcrumbs.	- Navigates to the chosen parent section.
TC_BC_03	Bulk dialer	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... in the info banner text.	- Expands detailed information explaining bulk dialer campaigns.
TC_BC_04	Bulk dialer	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top-right of the info banner.	- Info banner is dismissed/hidden from view.
TC_BC_05	Bulk dialer	Quick Filter Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type campaign in the Filter box.	- Dynamically updates table rows to show only test campaign.
TC_BC_06	Bulk dialer	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to show all records (Bulk campaigns: 2).
TC_BC_07	Bulk dialer	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- All row checkboxes next to campaign names are checked.
TC_BC_08	Bulk dialer	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- Prompt/warning appears requiring at least one row to be selected.
TC_BC_09	Bulk dialer	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: At least 1 row checked] Steps: 1. 2. Select a campaign checkbox (e.g., test 1). 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected campaign and updates campaign counter (Bulk campaigns: 1).
TC_BC_10	Bulk dialer	Create New Campaign	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On Bulk campaigns page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the campaign creation form page.
TC_BC_11	Bulk dialer	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click CAMPAIGN NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Sorts the table list in ascending/descending order based on the column clicked.
TC_BC_12	Bulk dialer	Navigate to Campaign Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on a campaign name link (e.g., test 1 or test campaign).	- Navigates to the edit/view page for that specific campaign.
TC_BC_13	Bulk dialer	Navigate to Destinations	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the Destinations link next to a campaign row.	- Navigates to the destinations management page for that campaign.
TC_BC_14	Bulk dialer	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a campaign.	- Toggles star highlight to mark or unmark the campaign as favorite.
TC_BC_15	Bulk dialer	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert(1)</script> into Filter input.	- Input is sanitized safely without causing crashes or executing script code.

Call recording

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_RG_01	Call recording	Page Layout & Breadcrumbs	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Observe breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Call recording). 2. 3. Verify heading, total count, action buttons, filter input, table headers, and footer.	- Elements render correctly, displaying breadcrumbs, total record count (Record groups: 5). - system footer (Powered by Enswitch 4.5).
TC_RG_02	Call recording	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in breadcrumbs.	- Navigates to the chosen parent section.
TC_RG_03	Call recording	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... in the info banner text.	- Expands detailed documentation explaining call recording in real-time and .wav file downloads.
TC_RG_04	Call recording	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top-right of the info banner.	- Info banner is dismissed/hidden from view.
TC_RG_05	Call recording	Quick Filter Search (By Name)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type Vlasis in the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to show only Vlasis test group and Vlasis test group 2.
TC_RG_06	Call recording	Quick Filter Search (By Description)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type qe in the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to show only numan test.
TC_RG_07	Call recording	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to display all records (Record groups: 5).
TC_RG_08	Call recording	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all 5 row checkboxes in the table.
TC_RG_09	Call recording	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- Displays a prompt/toast requiring at least one record to be selected.
TC_RG_10	Call recording	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row(s) selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select checkbox for Frane test. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm deletion in popup modal.	- Deletes selected group and updates record count (Record groups: 4).
TC_RG_11	Call recording	Create New Record Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the record group creation form page.
TC_RG_12	Call recording	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Toggles sorting between ascending and descending order based on the selected column.
TC_RG_13	Call recording	Navigate to Group Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click a record group name link (e.g., test record group).	- Navigates to the edit/view details page for that record group.
TC_RG_14	Call recording	Navigate to Recordings	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the Recordings link next to any group row.	- Navigates to the audio recordings list associated with that specific group.
TC_RG_15	Call recording	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a record group row.	- Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the group as a favorite.
TC_RG_16	Call recording	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert(1)</script> into Filter input box.	- System sanitizes input safely without executing scripts or throwing errors.

Caller-id groups

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_CG_01	Caller-id groups	Page Layout & Components	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Callerid groups). 2. 3. Check main heading, counter, action buttons, search filter input, table headers, and footer.	- All elements render correctly, showing breadcrumb path, total record count (Callerid groups: 2), buttons, table headers. - system footer (Powered by Enswitch 4.5).
TC_CG_02	Caller-id groups	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path.	- Navigates to the corresponding parent section.
TC_CG_03	Caller-id groups	Quick Filter Search (Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type Test1 into the Filter box.	- Dynamically updates table rows to show only Test1.
TC_CG_04	Caller-id groups	Quick Filter Search (No Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type NonExistentGroup into the Filter box.	- Displays empty state message (e.g., "No callerid groups found").
TC_CG_05	Caller-id groups	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to display all records (Callerid groups: 2).
TC_CG_06	Caller-id groups	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Selects/checks all checkboxes next to the caller ID group records.
TC_CG_07	Caller-id groups	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without checking any rows.	- System displays a warning toast/prompt requiring at least one item selection.
TC_CG_08	Caller-id groups	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select the checkbox for Test1. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected caller ID group and updates record counter (Callerid groups: 1).
TC_CG_09	Caller-id groups	Create New Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the caller ID group creation form page.
TC_CG_10	Caller-id groups	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click CALLERIDGROUP NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Sorts the list in ascending or descending order by the clicked column.
TC_CG_11	Caller-id groups	Navigate to Group Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on a group link (e.g., Test1 or Test2).	- Navigates to the edit/view details page for that caller ID group.
TC_CG_12	Caller-id groups	Navigate to Callers	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Callers link next to a group row.	- Navigates to the list of callers assigned to that specific group.
TC_CG_13	Caller-id groups	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a group row.	- Toggles the star highlight to mark or unmark the group as a favorite.
TC_CG_14	Caller-id groups	Document Icon Action	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the document icon next to Test1.	- Displays associated document/details or logs for that caller ID group.
TC_CG_15	Caller-id groups	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert('test')</script> into the Filter input box.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing system errors.

Classes of service

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_CS_01	Classes of service	Page Layout & Components	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Classes of service). 2. 3. Check heading, record counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers.	- All UI elements render correctly, displaying the correct breadcrumb path and record counter (Classes of service: 2).
TC_CS_02	Classes of service	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path.	- Navigates to the corresponding parent section.
TC_CS_03	Classes of service	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... link in the top info banner.	- Expands detailed documentation explaining how Classes of Service control allowed numbers.
TC_CS_04	Classes of service	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner.	- Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view.
TC_CS_05	Classes of service	Quick Filter Search (Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type marin into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only test class marin.
TC_CS_06	Classes of service	Quick Filter Search (No Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type NonExistentClass into the Filter box.	- Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No classes of service found").
TC_CS_07	Classes of service	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear all text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to show all records (Classes of service: 2).
TC_CS_08	Classes of service	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all row checkboxes in the table.
TC_CS_09	Classes of service	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- System displays a warning toast/prompt requiring at least one item selection.
TC_CS_10	Classes of service	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select the checkbox for test. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected class of service record and updates record counter (Classes of service: 1).
TC_CS_11	Classes of service	Create New Class of Service	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the Class of Service creation form page.
TC_CS_12	Classes of service	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column.
TC_CS_13	Classes of service	Navigate to Class Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on a class name link (e.g., test or test class marin).	- Navigates to the view/edit details page for that class of service.
TC_CS_14	Classes of service	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a class row.	- Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the class of service as a favorite.
TC_CS_15	Classes of service	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors.

IVR menus

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_IVR_01	IVR menus	Page Layout & Components	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / IVR menus). 2. 3. Check heading, record counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers.	- All UI elements render correctly, displaying the breadcrumb path and record counter (IVR menus: 4).
TC_IVR_02	IVR menus	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path.	- Navigates to the corresponding parent section.
TC_IVR_03	IVR menus	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... link in the top info banner.	- Expands detailed documentation explaining IVR menus and option presentation to callers.
TC_IVR_04	IVR menus	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner.	- Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view.
TC_IVR_05	IVR menus	Quick Filter Search (By Name)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type Zee into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only Zee Test IVR.
TC_IVR_06	IVR menus	Quick Filter Search (By Description)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type testing into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only rows matching the description (Zee Test IVR).
TC_IVR_07	IVR menus	Quick Filter Search (No Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type NonExistentIVR into the Filter box.	- Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No IVR menus found").
TC_IVR_08	IVR menus	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear all text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to show all records (IVR menus: 4).
TC_IVR_09	IVR menus	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all 4 row checkboxes in the table.
TC_IVR_10	IVR menus	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection.
TC_IVR_11	IVR menus	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select the checkbox for test ivr. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected IVR menu and updates record counter (IVR menus: 3).
TC_IVR_12	IVR menus	Create New IVR Menu	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the IVR menu creation form page.
TC_IVR_13	IVR menus	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column.
TC_IVR_14	IVR menus	Navigate to IVR Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on an IVR menu name link (e.g., test ivr, test12, test5, or Zee Test IVR).	- Navigates to the view/edit details page for that specific IVR menu.
TC_IVR_15	IVR menus	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to an IVR menu row.	- Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the IVR menu as a favorite.
TC_IVR_16	IVR menus	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors.

Mailboxes

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_MB_01	Mailboxes	Page Layout & Components	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Mailboxes). 2. 3. Check heading, counter, action buttons, filter box, table headers, pagination controls, hide totals link, and footer.	- All UI elements render correctly, displaying the breadcrumb path, total count (Mailboxes: 1 to 5 of 6), pagination, totals toggle. - system footer (Powered by Enswitch 4.5).
TC_MB_02	Mailboxes	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumbs.	- Navigates to the corresponding parent section.
TC_MB_03	Mailboxes	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... in the top info banner.	- Expands detailed documentation explaining mailbox functionality for voicemail and fax messages.
TC_MB_04	Mailboxes	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner.	- Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view.
TC_MB_05	Mailboxes	Quick Filter Search (By Mailbox)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type 100 or 2506754 into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only the matching mailbox row.
TC_MB_06	Mailboxes	Quick Filter Search (By Description)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type Zee Test A into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only the row matching the description (2506754).
TC_MB_07	Mailboxes	Quick Filter Search (No Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type 999999 into the Filter box.	- Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No mailboxes found").
TC_MB_08	Mailboxes	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear all text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to show all records for the current page (Mailboxes: 1 to 5 of 6).
TC_MB_09	Mailboxes	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all 5 row checkboxes on the active page.
TC_MB_10	Mailboxes	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection.
TC_MB_11	Mailboxes	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select the checkbox for mailbox 100. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected mailbox and updates record counter (Mailboxes: 1 to 5 of 5).
TC_MB_12	Mailboxes	Create New Mailbox	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the mailbox creation form page.
TC_MB_13	Mailboxes	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click MAILBOX, DESCRIPTION, NEW, TOTAL, or SIZE column titles.	- Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column.
TC_MB_14	Mailboxes	Navigate to Mailbox Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on a mailbox link (e.g., 100, 102, 22, 234, or 2506754).	- Navigates to the view/edit details page for that specific mailbox.
TC_MB_15	Mailboxes	Pagination Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: > 5 records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click page number 2 or next arrow › / last page ».	- Advances to page 2 to display the remaining record(s).
TC_MB_16	Mailboxes	Hide / Show Totals Toggle	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Link visible at bottom] Steps: 1. 2. Click Hide totals link at the bottom of the section. 2. 3. Click it again to toggle back.	- Hides summary totals from the footer area. - clicking again expands/restores summary totals view.
TC_MB_17	Mailboxes	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a mailbox row.	- Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the mailbox as a favorite.
TC_MB_18	Mailboxes	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing system errors.

Music

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_MUC_01	Music	Page Layout & Components	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Music). 2. 3. Check main heading, counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers.	- All UI elements render correctly, displaying the correct breadcrumb path and record counter (Music: 3).
TC_MUC_02	Music	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path.	- Navigates to the corresponding parent section.
TC_MUC_03	Music	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... link in the top info banner.	- Expands detailed documentation explaining default music on hold and custom music upload functionality.
TC_MUC_04	Music	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner.	- Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view.
TC_MUC_05	Music	Quick Filter Search (By Name)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type Test music into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only Test music.
TC_MUC_06	Music	Quick Filter Search (By Description)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type Asterisk into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only System default.
TC_MUC_07	Music	Quick Filter Search (No Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type NonExistentTrack into the Filter box.	- Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No music found").
TC_MUC_08	Music	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear all text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to show all records (Music: 3).
TC_MUC_09	Music	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all 3 row checkboxes in the table.
TC_MUC_10	Music	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection.
TC_MUC_11	Music	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select the checkbox for test 1. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected music track and updates record counter (Music: 2).
TC_MUC_12	Music	Create New Music Profile	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the music creation/upload form page.
TC_MUC_13	Music	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column.
TC_MUC_14	Music	Navigate to Music Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on a music name link (e.g., System default, test 1, or Test music).	- Navigates to the view/edit details page for that music entry.
TC_MUC_15	Music	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a music entry row.	- Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the music entry as a favorite.
TC_MUC_16	Music	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors.

Pattern menus

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_PM_01	Pattern menus	Page Layout & Components	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Pattern menus). 2. 3. Check main heading, counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers.	- All UI elements render correctly, displaying the breadcrumb path and record counter (Pattern menus: 3).
TC_PM_02	Pattern menus	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path.	- Navigates to the corresponding parent section.
TC_PM_03	Pattern menus	Info Banner Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click See more... link in the top info banner.	- Expands detailed documentation explaining flexible routing based on called number, calling number. - entered digits.
TC_PM_04	Pattern menus	Close Info Banner	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1. 2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner.	- Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view.
TC_PM_05	Pattern menus	Quick Filter Search (By Name)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type pattern into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only test pattern.
TC_PM_06	Pattern menus	Quick Filter Search (By Number)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type 23 into the Filter box.	- Table dynamically updates to display only test 23.
TC_PM_07	Pattern menus	Quick Filter Search (No Match)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Type NonExistentPattern into the Filter box.	- Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No pattern menus found").
TC_PM_08	Pattern menus	Filter Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Clear all text from the Filter input box.	- Table resets to show all records (Pattern menus: 3).
TC_PM_09	Pattern menus	Select All Checkboxes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all 3 row checkboxes in the table.
TC_PM_10	Pattern menus	Delete Selected (No Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection.
TC_PM_11	Pattern menus	Delete Selected (With Selection)	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1. 2. Select the checkbox for test 1. 2. 3. Click Delete selected. 3. 4. Confirm in deletion popup modal.	- Deletes selected pattern menu and updates record counter (Pattern menus: 2).
TC_PM_12	Pattern menus	Create New Pattern Menu	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the pattern menu creation form page.
TC_PM_13	Pattern menus	Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles.	- Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column.
TC_PM_14	Pattern menus	Navigate to Menu Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click on a pattern menu name link (e.g., test 1, test 23, or test pattern).	- Navigates to the view/edit details page for that specific pattern menu.
TC_PM_15	Pattern menus	Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1. 2. Click the star icon next to a pattern menu row.	- Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the pattern menu as a favorite.
TC_PM_16	Pattern menus	Security / Input Sanitization	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box.	- Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors.

SIP addresses

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC_FLT_01	SIP addresses	Verify default state of Filter input	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1. 2. Observe the search box on the top right above the table.	- Search input displays placeholder text Filter with a magnifying glass icon on the left.
TC_FLT_02	SIP addresses	Filter by exact User/Domain match	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1. 2. Type test@51.75.124.94 in the Filter box.	- Table updates to display only the matching test@51.75.124.94 row. - Record count or view adjusts accordingly.
TC_FLT_03	SIP addresses	Filter by partial domain name	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1. 2. Type enswitch in the Filter box.	- Table filters and shows only test43.enswitch.com@51.75.124.94.
TC_FLT_04	SIP addresses	Filter by Destination column text	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1. 2. Type test sip address in the Filter box.	- Table filters to show the row containing test sip address under the DESTINATION column.
TC_FLT_05	SIP addresses	Case-insensitive filter verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1. 2. Type HANG UP CALL or TEST in uppercase into Filter.	- Filter matching is case-insensitive and displays all relevant matching rows.
TC_FLT_06	SIP addresses	Filter with non-matching search term	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1. 2. Type invalid_user_123 in the Filter box.	- Table displays no rows and shows an appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No matching SIP addresses found").
TC_FLT_07	SIP addresses	Clearing the Filter field	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1. 2. Type enswitch to filter. 2. 3. Clear all text from the Filter box.	- Table resets and displays all initial records (SIP addresses: 2).
TC_FLT_08	SIP addresses	Real-time / dynamic filtering verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1. 2. Focus on Filter box and type character by character (t -> e -> s -> t).	- Table results dynamically update per keystroke without requiring an explicit submit button or enter key.
TC_FLT_09	SIP addresses	Filter input security & special characters	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. [Precondition: On SIP addresses page] Steps: 1. 2. Enter special characters or script tags (e.g., <script>, ' OR '1'='1, %, *) into Filter.	- System safely sanitizes input without crashing, throwing unhandled exceptions, or executing XSS scripts.

Telephone lines

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Telephone lines	Breadcrumb Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Any page loaded. 2. Click on Home or Devices and numbers in the breadcrumb path.	- User is navigated directly to the selected breadcrumb level.
TC-02	Telephone lines	Info Banner Close Button	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Banner visible. 2. Click the X close icon on the top right of the banner.	- The banner is dismissed and hidden from the page.
TC-03	Telephone lines	"See more..." Link Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Banner visible. 2. Click See more... in the info banner text.	- Expands full explanation/documentation regarding the features.
TC-04	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Total Records Counter	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Page loaded. 2. View the SIP addresses: 2 header count.	- Accurately displays the total count of existing SIP addresses.
TC-05	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Quick Filter Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Records present. 2. Type enswitch into the Filter box.	- Dynamically filters table rows to show only matching SIP addresses.
TC-06	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Select All Checkbox Toggle	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Records present. 2. Click Select all button.	- Checks all available checkboxes in the SIP address list.
TC-07	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Delete Selected Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: No items selected. 2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows.	- Displays a warning prompt requiring selection before deletion.
TC-08	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Delete Selected Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Row selected. 2. Select a SIP row checkbox, click Delete selected, confirm the deletion popup.	- Deletes the chosen SIP address and updates the total count (SIP addresses: 1).
TC-09	Telephone lines	Create New SIP Address	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: On SIP page. 2. Click New button.	- Navigates to the creation form for a new SIP address.
TC-10	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Column Header Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Records present. 2. Click USER@DOMAIN or DESTINATION column titles.	- Toggles table rows between ascending and descending sort order.
TC-11	Telephone lines	SIP Addresses Toggle Favorite Star	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Records present. 2. Click the star icon on any SIP address row.	- Star highlights to mark the SIP record as favorite.
TC-12	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Expand / Hide Filters Panel	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Filter panel visible. 2. Click Hide filters accordion button.	- Collapses the search input section. - clicking again re-expands it.
TC-13	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Filter Search Update	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Records present. 2. Enter 234568 into Number or description contains: field, click Update button.	- Table filters to show only matching telephone lines and updates the record count.
TC-14	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Filter Blank Reset	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Filter active. 2. Clear the text box, click Update.	- Resets table view to show all telephone line records (1 to 5 of 36).
TC-15	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Hardware Details Expansion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Table loaded. 2. Click Hardware addresses + link.	- Expands the inline detail row showing hardware/MAC addresses.
TC-16	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Bulk Action Buttons	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Row selected. 2. Select a row, click Re-provision selected, Reboot selected, or Deregister selected.	- Triggers the chosen action on the selected telephone line.
TC-17	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Table Pagination	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: More than 5 records present. 2. Click page number 2, 5, or the last page » (8).	- Loads the corresponding page results and updates the active page indicator.
TC-18	Telephone lines	Telephone Lines Other Options Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: On Telephone lines page. 2. Click Bulk change, Bulk add, or Regenerate all provisioning files links.	- Navigates to Bulk Change, Bulk Add, or executes provisioning regeneration.
TC-19	Telephone lines	Dual-List Controls - Add Selected Items	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Unselected list populated. 2. Select items in the bottom box, click ↑ Add selected.	- Moves the selected telephone lines into the upper target box.
TC-20	Telephone lines	Dual-List Controls - Remove Selected Items	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Target box populated. 2. Select items in the upper box, click ↓ Remove selected.	- Moves the selected items back to the lower available list.
TC-21	Telephone lines	Bulk Add Groups - Add to Hunt / Page / Pickup Groups	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Options available. 2. Select a group (e.g., Marin huntgroup, test 1), click ↑ Add selected.	- Adds the selected group assignment into the target group container.
TC-22	Telephone lines	Bulk Settings Toggle Configuration Switches	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Bulk screen open. 2. Click toggle switches (Change description, Change password, Forward calls, etc.).	- Switches state between disabled (off) and enabled (on), enabling the related input fields.
TC-23	Telephone lines	Bulk Settings Dropdown Configuration	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Dropdowns visible. 2. Click dropdowns (Owner, Record group, Do not disturb, Use forwarding) and select a new value.	- Updates the setting selection from "No change" to the newly selected configuration.
TC-24	Telephone lines	Bulk Settings Ring Duration Slider	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Slider visible. 2. Drag the Ring for: slider from default to the 1 hour position.	- Adjusts the ring duration value dynamically.
TC-25	Telephone lines	Bulk Settings Save Bulk Changes	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Target list populated. 2. Select lines to change, adjust settings, click Save button.	- Applies the bulk configuration changes across the selected lines with a confirmation message.
TC-26	Telephone lines	Security - Input Sanitization / XSS Check	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Precondition: Input fields active. 2. Enter <script>alert('test')</script> into Filter/Search inputs and submit the search.	- Inputs are safely sanitized without executing scripts or throwing raw backend errors.

System statistics

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	System statistics	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the System statistics section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / System statistics.	- The page title ("System usage"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Show historical data on call volumes for the entire system.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter dropdowns (Show statistics for:, On machine:), date pickers (Start date:, End date:), Search button. - informational note banner ("Please note that statistics are created from a snapshot taken once every minute, so may under-report maximum call volumes.") are properly rendered.
TC-02	System statistics	Default Field Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that filter parameters default to correct initial values: Show statistics for: set to "Calls", On machine: set to "All", Start date: set to 09/22/2026, and End date: set to 09/22/2026.	- All expected UI elements for System statistics render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	System statistics	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional context expands. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	System statistics	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section. 2. click Show filters.	- The filter input controls expand again properly.
TC-05	System statistics	Statistics Type Dropdown Options	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Show statistics for: dropdown.	- System metrics (e.g., Calls, CPS, Bandwidth, CPU utilization) are listed and selectable.
TC-06	System statistics	Machine Filter Dropdown Options	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the On machine: dropdown.	- Individual cluster nodes, servers, or "All" options load and function correctly.
TC-07	System statistics	Date Picker Control Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the calendar icon on Start date: and End date: fields.	- The date picker widget opens and allows selecting custom valid dates.
TC-08	System statistics	Date Range Logic Validation - End Date Prior to Start Date	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Configure a Start date: that is after End date: (e.g., Start date: 09/25/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search.	- System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date range error message.
TC-09	System statistics	Invalid Date Input Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-date strings or invalid formats into Start date: or End date:, click Search.	- Date format validation triggers.
TC-10	System statistics	Generate System Usage Report - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using default filter parameters.	- Historical call volume statistics and graphical charts for the entire system render accurately.
TC-11	System statistics	Filtered Usage Query - Specific Machine & Metric	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a specific machine node from On machine:, choose a metric from Show statistics for:, click Search.	- Filtered system performance data displays accordingly.
TC-12	System statistics	Snapshot Note Banner Persistence	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the minute-snapshot informational warning box remains persistently visible below the search controls during date and filter updates.	- All expected UI elements for System statistics render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.

Taxes

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Taxes	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Taxes section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Taxes.	- The page title ("Taxes"), breadcrumb navigation, total tax count ("Taxes: 3"), description banner ("Define taxes which apply to prices charged to your customers.") with See more... link, Filter input box. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Taxes	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DETAILS, along with the 3 tax records (dtest tax, Marin first charge second tax, Marin first charge test) and their respective details (0%, $0.00 for dtest tax, 20%, $0.05 for Marin first charge second tax, and 10%, $0.10 for Marin first charge test), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Taxes render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Taxes	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Taxes	Create New Tax Rule	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, enter valid tax configuration details (such as tax name, percentage rate, and fixed charge amount), save.	- The total count updates to 4 and the new tax rule appears in the table.
TC-05	Taxes	Duplicate Tax Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a tax rule using an existing name (e.g., dtest tax).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Taxes	Tax Rule Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any tax rule name hyperlink (e.g., Marin first charge second tax).	- Navigation to its configuration page for modifying tax percentages or fixed charge rates.
TC-07	Taxes	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 3 tax rules (dtest tax, Marin first charge second tax, Marin first charge test) become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Taxes	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., dtest tax).	- It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.
TC-09	Taxes	Delete Selected Tax Rule with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more tax rules (e.g., dtest tax), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The tax rule is deleted and the count updates to 2.
TC-10	Taxes	Cancel Tax Rule Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a tax rule, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The record remains intact in the table.
TC-11	Taxes	Filter Matching Record by Name or Detail	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type Marin or 10% into the Filter box.	- Matching records (e.g., Marin first charge second tax and Marin first charge test) remain visible in the table.
TC-12	Taxes	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Taxes	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DETAILS column header sort arrows.	- Tax records reorder in ascending and descending order.

Telephone reports

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Telephone reports	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Telephone reports section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Telephone reports.	- The page title ("Telephone lines"), breadcrumb navigation (Home / Billing and analysis / Telephone reports), description banner ("List all telephone lines in your customers recursively and their registration status.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter input section ("Show telephone lines matching:"), Search: dropdown. - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Telephone reports	Default Field Value Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the Search: dropdown defaults to Any.	- All expected UI elements for Telephone reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Telephone reports	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Telephone reports	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters.	- The filter section expands again properly.
TC-05	Telephone reports	Search Dropdown Options Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Search: dropdown.	- Available telephone line registration statuses and filter categories (e.g., Any, Registered, Unregistered, Locked) load and are selectable.
TC-06	Telephone reports	Generate Report - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using default filter parameters (Any).	- All telephone lines across all customer and sub-customer accounts are listed along with their registration status.
TC-07	Telephone reports	Filtered Search Execution - Registration Status	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a specific registration status from the Search: dropdown (e.g., Registered or Unregistered), click Search.	- The resulting table displays only telephone lines matching that registration state.
TC-08	Telephone reports	No Results Found Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a filter combination with no matching telephone line records, click Search.	- An appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No telephone lines found matching criteria") is displayed.
TC-09	Telephone reports	Report Data Columns Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Once search results load.	- Table columns (e.g., Telephone line/Username, Customer name, Registration status, IP address) render correctly with accurate data.

Time groups

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Time groups	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Time groups section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Times and dates.	- The page title ("Time groups"), breadcrumb navigation, total group count ("Time groups: 5"), description text ("Time groups allow numbers and feature codes to be routed to different destinations at different times.") with See more... link, Filter input box. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Time groups	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays all 5 time group records (test 1, test 13, test 2, test 3, test_timegroup) along with their respective descriptions (test for test 1, empty for test 13, test for test 2, for ticket #7904 for test 3, and empty for test_timegroup), checkboxes, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Time groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Time groups	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the description banner to confirm that additional details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right corner.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Time groups	Create New Time Group	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, fill in valid time slot configurations and group details, save.	- The group count increments to 6 and the new time group appears in the table.
TC-05	Time groups	Duplicate Time Group Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a time group with an existing name (e.g., test 1).	- Validation prevents duplicate entry with an error message.
TC-06	Time groups	Time Group Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any time group name hyperlink (e.g., test 3).	- Navigation to its configuration page to modify time intervals, dates, or routing rules.
TC-07	Time groups	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 5 listed time groups become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Time groups	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test_timegroup).	- It toggles correctly and enables the Delete selected button.
TC-09	Time groups	Delete Selected Time Group with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more time groups (e.g., test 13), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The items are removed and the total count updates accordingly.
TC-10	Time groups	Cancel Time Group Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a time group, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The selected group remains unchanged in the list.
TC-11	Time groups	Filter Matching Record by Name or Description	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type 7904 or test 2 into the Filter box.	- Only matching records (e.g., test 3 or test 2) are displayed.
TC-12	Time groups	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- The table hides all rows and displays an empty state message.
TC-13	Time groups	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header arrows.	- Records sort in ascending and descending order.

Top lists

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Top lists	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Top lists section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Top lists.	- The page title ("Top lists"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Shows call activity by called number, call duration, call cost, or outbound group for a defined date range.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter input fields (Show:, Start date:, Start time:, End date:, End time:, Leg direction:, Maximum results: slider). - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Top lists	Default Field Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that filter parameters default to correct values: Show: set to "Called numbers by number of calls", Start date: set to 09/22/2026, Start time: set to 00:00:00, End date: set to 09/22/2026, End time: set to 23:59:59, Leg direction: set to "Any", and Maximum results: slider set to 10 (with range 1 to 100).	- All expected UI elements for Top lists render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Top lists	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Top lists	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters.	- The filter section expands again properly.
TC-05	Top lists	Category Dropdown Verification - Show Options	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Show: dropdown.	- All call activity criteria (e.g., Called numbers by number of calls, Call duration, Call cost, Outbound group) are listed and selectable.
TC-06	Top lists	Leg Direction Dropdown Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Leg direction: dropdown.	- Call direction options (e.g., Any, Inbound, Outbound) load and function correctly.
TC-07	Top lists	Slider Adjustment - Maximum Results	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Drag the Maximum results: slider between minimum (1) and maximum (100) values.	- Smooth adjustment and accurate numerical indicator updates.
TC-08	Top lists	Time Picker Stepper Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the + and - stepper buttons on Start time: and End time: fields.	- Hour, minute. - second values increment and decrement accurately.
TC-09	Top lists	Date & Time Validation - End Range Before Start	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Configure an End date: and End time: combination chronologically prior to Start date: and Start time:, click Search.	- System validation blocks submission with an appropriate date/time range error message.
TC-10	Top lists	Generate Top Lists Report - Default Parameters	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using default filter parameters.	- The top 10 call activity records for the current date render accurately in the results table.
TC-11	Top lists	Filtered Top Lists Query	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Change Show: to "Call duration", set Leg direction: to "Outbound", adjust Maximum results: to 25, click Search.	- Top 25 outbound call duration records display accordingly.
TC-12	Top lists	No Data State Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a date/time range with no recorded call activity, click Search.	- An empty state message (e.g., "No call activity found for selected criteria") is displayed.

Traces

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Traces	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Traces section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Traces.	- The page title ("Traces"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Traces: 4"), description banner ("Traces are useful to debug telephony problems.") with See more... link, Filter input field. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Refresh list, New) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Traces	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers TRACE START, MACHINE and SIZE, along with the 4 trace file records (2026-02-06 04:58:11am on test44, 2026-02-06 10:59:04am on test44, 2026-02-06 11:01:18am on test44, 2026-07-14 12:02:56pm on test44) with their corresponding sizes (191.3kB, 729.9kB, 572.5kB, 1.3MB), document preview icons, unselected checkboxes, and Download links.	- All expected UI elements for Traces render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Traces	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Traces	Create New SIP/Telephony Trace	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, configure trace parameters (such as target IP address, telephone line, SIP interface, or capture duration), start the capture.	- The trace status updates and saves upon completion.
TC-05	Traces	Refresh Traces List	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Refresh list.	- The system queries the server to refresh active/completed trace files without reloading the full web page.
TC-06	Traces	Download Trace File	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Download link next to any trace file record (e.g., Download next to 191.3kB).	- The .pcap or log file downloads successfully to the local device.
TC-07	Traces	View/Preview Trace Details	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the document icon or trace name link to open the trace detail viewer to analyze SIP headers and call flow ladders.	- View/Preview Trace Details completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps. - The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed.
TC-08	Traces	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all 4 trace records become selected simultaneously.
TC-09	Traces	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific trace record.	- It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.
TC-10	Traces	Delete Selected Traces with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more trace records, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The selected trace files are permanently deleted from the system and the total count updates.
TC-11	Traces	Cancel Trace Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a trace record, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The file remains intact.
TC-12	Traces	Filter Matching Record by Date or Machine	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type 2026-07-14 or test44 into the Filter box.	- Matching records remain visible in the table.
TC-13	Traces	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-14	Traces	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the TRACE START, MACHINE and SIZE column header sort arrows.	- Trace records reorder in ascending and descending order.

Transactions

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Transactions	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Transactions section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Transactions.	- The page title ("Transactions for My customer"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Shows changes to customers' balances which are not associated with calls.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section header ("Show transactions matching:"), filter input controls (Customer:, Start date:, End date:, Minimum absolute amount ($):, Maximum absolute amount ($):, Include taxes in cost: toggle). - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	Transactions	Default Field Values Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that filter parameters default to correct values: Customer: set to "My customer", Start date: set to 09/22/2026, End date: set to 09/22/2026, Minimum absolute amount ($): set to 0.00, Maximum absolute amount ($): set to No limit, and Include taxes in cost: toggle set to ON.	- All expected UI elements for Transactions render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Transactions	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Transactions	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel. 2. click Show filters.	- The filter section expands again properly.
TC-05	Transactions	Customer Selection Dropdown	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Customer: dropdown.	- Available customer options load properly and allow changing customer context for transaction filtering.
TC-06	Transactions	Date Picker Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the calendar icon on Start date: and End date: fields.	- The date picker widget opens and allows selecting custom valid dates.
TC-07	Transactions	Date Range Logic Validation - End Range Before Start	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Configure a Start date: that is after End date: (e.g., Start date: 09/25/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search.	- System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date range error message.
TC-08	Transactions	Numeric Input Validation - Absolute Amounts	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter non-numeric or alphabetical characters into Minimum absolute amount ($): or Maximum absolute amount ($):, click Search.	- Numerical formatting validation triggers.
TC-09	Transactions	Amount Threshold Logic Validation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a Minimum absolute amount ($): that exceeds the Maximum absolute amount ($): (e.g., Min: $100.00, Max: $50.00), click Search.	- Validation prevents execution due to invalid range bounds.
TC-10	Transactions	Include Taxes Toggle Functionality	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Toggle Include taxes in cost: to OFF, click Search.	- Transaction amounts reflect net cost excluding taxes.
TC-11	Transactions	Generate Transactions Report - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using default filter parameters.	- All non-call balance transactions for the selected customer render accurately in the results table.
TC-12	Transactions	No Transactions Found Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a date range or amount filter with no recorded activity, click Search.	- An empty state message (e.g., "No transactions found matching criteria") is displayed.

Unlimited access

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Unlimited access	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Unlimited access section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Unlimited access.	- The page title ("Unlimited access numbers"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Unlimited access numbers: 1"), description banner ("Unlimited access numbers allow you to make a profit on the margin between inbound calls and outbound calls.") with See more... link, Filter input field. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Unlimited access	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the record dtest unlimited, an unselected checkbox, an empty description, and a favorite star icon.	- All expected UI elements for Unlimited access render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Unlimited access	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Unlimited access	Create New Unlimited Access Number	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, enter valid configuration details (such as access number, destination, or rate plan settings), save.	- The total count updates to 2 and the new access number appears in the table.
TC-05	Unlimited access	Duplicate Access Number Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create an unlimited access entry using an existing name (e.g., dtest unlimited).	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Unlimited access	Access Number Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the hyperlink dtest unlimited.	- Navigation to its configuration page for modifying routing or access rules.
TC-07	Unlimited access	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- The checkbox for dtest unlimited becomes selected.
TC-08	Unlimited access	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to dtest unlimited.	- It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.
TC-09	Unlimited access	Delete Selected Access Number with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select dtest unlimited, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The entry is deleted and the count updates to 0.
TC-10	Unlimited access	Cancel Access Number Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select dtest unlimited, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- Dtest unlimited remains in the table.
TC-11	Unlimited access	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type dtest into the Filter box.	- Dtest unlimited remains visible in the list.
TC-12	Unlimited access	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Unlimited access	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows.	- Records reorder in ascending and descending order.

User reports

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	User reports	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the User reports section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / User reports.	- The page title ("User reports"), breadcrumb navigation (Home / Billing and analysis / User reports), description banner ("Report on users and the role (permissions) granted to each.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section label ("Show people matching:"), Role: dropdown control. - Search button are properly rendered.
TC-02	User reports	Default Field Value Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the Role: dropdown defaults to Any.	- All expected UI elements for User reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	User reports	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	User reports	Toggle Filter Controls	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section. 2. click Show filters.	- The filter panel expands again properly.
TC-05	User reports	Role Dropdown Options Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Role: dropdown.	- All defined user roles and permission groups (e.g., Any, Administrator, Customer, Reseller, Read-only) load and are selectable.
TC-06	User reports	Generate Report - Default Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Search using the default selection (Role: Any).	- All system users along with their assigned roles and permissions render in the results table.
TC-07	User reports	Filtered Search Execution - Specific Role	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a specific role from the Role: dropdown (e.g., Administrator or Customer), click Search.	- The resulting table displays only users assigned to that selected role.
TC-08	User reports	No Results Found Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a role that has no assigned users, click Search.	- An appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No users found matching criteria") is displayed.
TC-09	User reports	Report Data Columns Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Once user report results load.	- Table columns (e.g., Username, Full Name, Assigned Role, Permissions Summary, Status) render accurately with expected user data.

Users

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Users	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Users section.	1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Users.	- The page title ("Users for customer Integrics Test 4.4"), breadcrumb navigation, total user count ("Users: 1 to 5 of 28"), description banner ("A user is anyone allowed to log into the web interface and use the JSON API.") with See more... link, search filter controls (Hide filters toggle, Username or name contains: input, Update button), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Delete selected and their features, Export as .csv, Import, New), pagination controls (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ..., ›, » (6)). - table columns (USERNAME, NAME, Switch links) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Users	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays 5 user records (acunningham@integrics.com, copy, dcunningham@voisonics.com, developer, dtest10) with their corresponding full names (Mr. 2. Alistair Cunningham, Numan Saleem, Mr. 3. David Cunningham, Mr. 4. Numan Saleem, empty for dtest10), unselected checkboxes, favorite star/folder icons, and active Switch links.	- All expected UI elements for Users render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Users	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Users	Filter / Search Functionality	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Enter a search string (e.g., Cunningham or developer) into Username or name contains:, click Update.	- The list updates to display only matching user records.
TC-05	Users	Filter Reset / Clear Search	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Clear the Username or name contains: input box, click Update.	- All 28 users are accessible across pagination.
TC-06	Users	Toggle Filter Visibility	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Hide filters to ensure the filter section collapses. 2. click Show filters.	- It expands again.
TC-07	Users	Pagination Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click page numbers 2 through 5, next (›), or last (» (6)) arrows.	- Navigation across all 28 users.
TC-08	Users	Create New User	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, fill in valid user details, save.	- The total user count updates to 29 and the new user appears in the table.
TC-09	Users	User Detail Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any username hyperlink (e.g., acunningham@integrics.com).	- Navigation to that user's profile and settings page.
TC-10	Users	Switch User Account	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Switch link next to a user record (e.g., Switch next to developer).	- The administrator impersonates/switches to that user session.
TC-11	Users	Export Users as CSV	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Export as .csv.	- A .csv file containing the user list and account details downloads successfully.
TC-12	Users	Import Users Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Import.	- Navigation to the user import interface (Home / Users and account / Import users).
TC-13	Users	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for all current page users become selected.
TC-14	Users	Delete Selected Users Only	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select specific users (e.g., dtest10), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The user account is deleted while leaving associated features (lines, mailboxes) intact.
TC-15	Users	Delete Selected Users AND Their Features	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select specific users, click Delete selected and their features, confirm the warning prompt.	- Both the user accounts and all mapped features (e.g., telephone lines, mailboxes) are removed from the system.
TC-16	Users	Cancel User Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a user, click Delete selected or Delete selected and their features, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- No accounts or features are deleted.
TC-17	Users	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the USERNAME and NAME column header sort arrows.	- Records sort in ascending and descending order.

View rate plan

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	View rate plan	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the View rate plan section.	1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / View rate plan.	- The page title ("View rate plan"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("View details of the call prices that apply to you.") with See more... link, section header ("Choose what to view:"). - selection links (Fees, Inbound call costs, Outbound call costs, Outbound call costs by destination number) are properly rendered.
TC-02	View rate plan	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-03	View rate plan	Fees Link Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Fees hyperlink.	- It opens the breakdown of fixed, recurring, or service fees associated with the active rate plan.
TC-04	View rate plan	Inbound Call Costs Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Inbound call costs hyperlink.	- It displays the tariff structure and rates for incoming call traffic.
TC-05	View rate plan	Outbound Call Costs Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Outbound call costs hyperlink.	- It navigates to the standard outbound calling rates breakdown grouped by prefix/region.
TC-06	View rate plan	Outbound Call Costs by Destination Number Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the Outbound call costs by destination number hyperlink.	- It opens the search/lookup tool to query specific destination numbers for exact per-minute rates.

Vouchers

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Vouchers	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Vouchers section.	1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Vouchers.	- The page title ("Voucher batches"), breadcrumb navigation, total batch count ("Voucher batches: 2"), description banner ("Vouchers allow you to sell pre-paid services and customers can top up their balance via the web or telephone.") with See more... link, Filter input field. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered.
TC-02	Vouchers	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 2 voucher batch records (2021-07-30 19:14:15, 2021-07-30 19:15:08), unselected checkboxes, empty descriptions, favorite star icons, and active Vouchers links.	- All expected UI elements for Vouchers render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Vouchers	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand. 2. click the X icon in the upper right.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Vouchers	Create New Voucher Batch	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, enter valid voucher batch parameters (such as number of vouchers, voucher value/currency, and expiration date), save.	- The total batch count updates to 3 and the new batch appears in the table.
TC-05	Vouchers	Duplicate Voucher Batch Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to generate a batch with an existing batch identifier.	- System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message.
TC-06	Vouchers	Voucher Batch Detail Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any batch name hyperlink (e.g., 2021-07-30 19:14:15) or its corresponding Vouchers link.	- Navigation to the list of individual top-up vouchers generated under that batch.
TC-07	Vouchers	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- Checkboxes for both voucher batches (2021-07-30 19:14:15, 2021-07-30 19:15:08) become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Vouchers	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., 2021-07-30 19:14:15).	- It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button.
TC-09	Vouchers	Delete Selected Voucher Batch with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more voucher batches (e.g., 2021-07-30 19:15:08), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The batch and its associated unused vouchers are deleted and total count updates to 1.
TC-10	Vouchers	Cancel Voucher Batch Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a voucher batch, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The batch remains intact in the list.
TC-11	Vouchers	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type 19:14 into the Filter box.	- Only 2021-07-30 19:14:15 remains visible in the list.
TC-12	Vouchers	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Vouchers	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows.	- Voucher batch records reorder in ascending and descending order.

Web URLs

Test Case ID	Feature/Module	Test Description	Preconditions	Test Steps	Expected Result
TC-01	Web URLs	UI Verification	User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Web URLs section.	1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Web URLs.	- The page title ("Web URLs"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Web URLs: 3"), description banner ("Have an external web URL dynamically determine how a call should be routed.") with See more... link, Filter input field. - action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered.
TC-02	Web URLs	Data Verification	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Verify that the table displays all 3 Web URL records (test, test1, test2) with unselected checkboxes, empty description columns, and favorite star icons.	- All expected UI elements for Web URLs render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design. - No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present.
TC-03	Web URLs	Banner Interaction	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to ensure additional details expand. 2. click the X icon.	- The banner closes.
TC-04	Web URLs	Create New Web URL	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the New button, enter valid URL endpoints and routing configuration details, save.	- The count updates to 4 and the new entry appears in the list.
TC-05	Web URLs	Duplicate Web URL Handling	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click New, attempt to create a entry with an existing name (e.g., test).	- Validation prevents duplicate creation with an error message.
TC-06	Web URLs	Web URL Detail/Edit Navigation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click any Web URL hyperlink (e.g., test1).	- Navigation to its configuration page to modify target URLs, timeout settings, or failover destinations.
TC-07	Web URLs	Bulk Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click Select all.	- All checkboxes for test, test1. - test2 become selected simultaneously.
TC-08	Web URLs	Individual Selection	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test2).	- It toggles correctly and enables the Delete selected button.
TC-09	Web URLs	Delete Selected Web URL with Confirmation	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select one or more items (e.g., test), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt.	- The record is removed and the total count updates.
TC-10	Web URLs	Cancel Web URL Deletion	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Select a Web URL, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog.	- The record remains in the list.
TC-11	Web URLs	Filter Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type test1 into the Filter box.	- Only test1 remains visible in the list.
TC-12	Web URLs	Filter Non-Matching Record	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Type xyz into the Filter box.	- All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown.
TC-13	Web URLs	Column Sorting	User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials.	1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows.	- Records reorder in ascending and descending order.

Test Case Maintenance

Keep test cases in this Wiki page as the shared reference for the team.
When a test case changes, update the existing test case rather than creating duplicate versions in different locations.
When a new defect or scenario is identified and it is not covered by the existing test cases, add a corresponding test case.
Keep the test steps and expected results specific enough that another team member can execute the test consistently.

@@ Line 1: / Line 1: @@
-Enswitch Test Plan
+= Enswitch Test Cases =
+This page contains the Enswitch test cases organized by feature/module. The test cases are intended to provide a consistent set of checks for functional changes, UI changes, compatibility, security-related input handling, and other affected areas.
+== How to use the test cases ==
+* Select the feature/module affected by the change.
+* Run the relevant test cases for the change and any areas that may be affected.
+* Record the result for each test case using the **Status** column.
+* Use **Pass**, **Fail**, or **Blocked** as the status values.
+* Add relevant information in **Notes**, such as an issue number, environment, version, or reason for a blocked test.
+* If a new issue is identified that is not covered by an existing test case, add a new test case to the appropriate module.
+== Test Case Status ==
+{| class="wikitable"
+! Status !! Meaning
+|-
+| Pass || Test completed successfully and the expected result was observed.
+|-
+| Fail || Test completed and the expected result was not observed.
+|-
+| Blocked || Test could not be completed because of an environment, dependency, data, access, or other blocking issue.
+|}
+== Test Cases ==
+=== Login ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_001 || Login || Verify login page UI layout and elements || User navigates to the login URL (https\://test45.enswitch.com/#/login/) || 1. Launch browser.<br />2. Navigate to the login page. || - Logo, title text ("Please log in."), Username field, Password field, "Log in" button.<br />- "Forgot your password? Click here" link should all be visible and aligned properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_002 || Login || Successful login with valid credentials || User is on the login page || 1. Enter valid username.<br />2. Enter valid password.<br />3. Click 'Log in' button. || - User should be authenticated successfully and redirected to the main dashboard. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_003 || Login || Verify navigation to Forgot Password page || User is on the login page || 1. Click on "Forgot your password? Click here" link. || - User should be redirected to the password recovery page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_004 || Login || Verify Password field characters are masked || User is on the login page || 1. Type characters into the Password field. || - Characters typed in the Password field should be displayed as dots/asterisks. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_005 || Login || Login attempt with empty Username and Password fields || User is on the login page || 1. Leave Username blank.<br />2. Leave Password blank.<br />3. Click 'Log in' button. || - Validation error message should display (e.g., "Username and Password are required").<br />- Login fails. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_006 || Login || Login attempt with invalid Username and valid Password || User is on the login page || 1. Enter invalid username.<br />2. Enter valid password.<br />3. Click 'Log in' button. || - Error message displayed (e.g., "Invalid username or password").<br />- Login fails. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_007 || Login || Login attempt with valid Username and invalid Password || User is on the login page || 1. Enter valid username.<br />2. Enter incorrect password.<br />3. Click 'Log in' button. || - Error message displayed (e.g., "Invalid username or password").<br />- Login fails. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_008 || Login || Input leading and trailing spaces in Username || User is on the login page || 1. Enter valid username with leading/trailing spaces.<br />2. Enter valid password.<br />3. Click 'Log in' button. || - System should automatically trim spaces and log in successfully, OR reject with a clear error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_009 || Login || Test SQL Injection attempt in input fields || User is on the login page || 1. Enter SQL injection payload in Username.<br />2. Enter SQL payload in Password.<br />3. Click 'Log in' button. || - Input should be sanitized.<br />- login must fail gracefully with standard validation/error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_010 || Login || Test XSS script execution in input fields || User is on the login page || 1. Paste script payload in Username.<br />2. Click 'Log in'. || - Script should not execute.<br />- input must be encoded/sanitized safely. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_011 || Login || Enter maximum field length limits || User is on the login page || 1. Paste 255+ characters into Username and Password fields. || - Fields should either restrict input length or handle the long payload without UI break or server crash. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_012 || Login || Perform rapid multiple consecutive clicks on 'Log in' button || User is on the login page || 1. Enter valid credentials.<br />2. Click 'Log in' button rapidly 5 times in a row. || - Button should disable after first click to prevent duplicate request processing. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_013 || Login || Copy-paste password into Password field || User is on the login page || 1. Copy valid password to clipboard.<br />2. Paste into Password field.<br />3. Click 'Log in'. || - Password field accepts pasted string and masking is preserved.<br />- User logs in successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_014 || Compatibility || Page rendering and functionality on Google Chrome || Latest Chrome browser installed || 1. Open Chrome.<br />2. Navigate to login page.<br />3. Perform login. || - Form layout, fonts, background image.<br />- login functions properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_015 || Compatibility || Page rendering and functionality on Mozilla Firefox || Latest Firefox browser installed || 1. Open Firefox.<br />2. Navigate to login page.<br />3. Perform login. || - Layout renders consistently without CSS breakage.<br />- login works as expected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_016 || Compatibility || Page rendering and functionality on Apple Safari || Latest Safari browser installed || 1. Open Safari.<br />2. Navigate to login page.<br />3. Perform login. || - Form layout, font family.<br />- submission work seamlessly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_017 || Compatibility || Page rendering and functionality on Microsoft Edge || Latest MS Edge browser installed || 1. Open MS Edge.<br />2. Navigate to login page.<br />3. Perform login. || - Layout renders cleanly and login behaves identically to Chrome/Firefox. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_LOGIN_018 || Responsiveness || Layout rendering on Mobile/Tablet Screen Viewports || Chrome DevTools or actual mobile device || 1. Set resolution to standard Mobile (375x667) and Tablet (768x1024).<br />2. Load login page. || - Form card resizes, text remains legible, background image adapts properly.<br />- no horizontal scrollbars appear. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Profile Dropdown ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_UM_001 || Profile Dropdown || Verify UI layout and options display || User is logged in and user icon is clicked || 1. Observe the opened dropdown menu || - Logo "enswitch", user icon.<br />- 3-dots menu are displayed in the header.<br />- Search field with placeholder "Filter users" and search icon is visible.<br />- Currently selected user ("testing") is marked with a checkmark icon.<br />- Options "Choose user" and "Log out" are clearly visible. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_002 || Profile Dropdown || Filter users with valid keyword || Menu is open || 1. Type "testing" into the "Filter users" input field || - The list updates dynamically to display only user entries matching "testing". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_003 || Profile Dropdown || Filter users with non-matching keyword || Menu is open || 1. Type an invalid name (e.g., "XYZ123") into "Filter users" || - The list updates to display no results or a "No users found" message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_004 || Profile Dropdown || Clear user filter input || Text is entered in "Filter users" || 1. Backspace/clear the filter field || - All available user options/list return to default display. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_005 || Profile Dropdown || Select currently active user || Menu is open || 1. Click on "testing" (currently checked item) || - The dropdown closes or remains as selected without reloading/error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_006 || Profile Dropdown || Click on "Choose user" || Menu is open || 1. Click on "Choose user" option || - User is navigated to the user selection screen/modal. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_007 || Profile Dropdown || Click on "Log out" || Menu is open || 1. Click on "Log out" option || - Active session terminates and user is redirected to the Login page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_UM_008 || Profile Dropdown || Close dropdown by clicking outside || Menu is open || 1. Click anywhere outside the dropdown menu area || - Dropdown closes successfully. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Dashboard ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-DB-001 || Dashboard || Onboarding Banner Visual & Content Check || User is on the Dashboard page || 1. Load the Dashboard page. || - Banner displays welcome text, a hyperlink ("here").<br />- a blue Dismiss button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-002 || Dashboard || Onboarding Banner Dismissal || Dashboard page is displayed with onboarding banner visible || 1. Click the Dismiss button on the banner. || - Banner closes immediately.<br />- the remaining dashboard widgets shift up smoothly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-003 || Dashboard || Onboarding Banner Persistence || Onboarding banner is visible on Dashboard || 1. Click Dismiss.<br />2. Refresh the browser page. || - Banner remains dismissed and does not reappear on page refresh. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-004 || Dashboard || Shortcuts Widget Content Rendering || User is on the Dashboard page || 1. Inspect the Shortcuts card on the dashboard. || - Renders the list items ("Choose customer", "Add user with features", "Users") with navigation arrows. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-005 || Dashboard || Shortcuts Options Menu || Shortcuts card is displayed || 1. Click the three dots (more options) menu on the Shortcuts card header. || - Displays widget configuration/display options (e.g., Hide, Move, Configure). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-006 || Dashboard || Time Filter Toggle Functionality || Reports and Statistics widget is displayed || 1. Click through the filter tabs: "8 hours", "24 hours", and "7 days". || - Selected tab highlights in blue.<br />- widget content updates dynamically based on the active selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-007 || Dashboard || Reports Widget - Empty Data State || Reports widget is displayed and selected time frame has zero call records || 1. Select a time frame with zero call records. || - Displays the message: "There were no calls made in selected period.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-008 || Dashboard || Reports Widget - Populated Data State || Reports widget is displayed and selected time frame contains call records || 1. Select a time frame containing call records. || - Replaces the empty state message with call statistics or chart visualizations. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-009 || Dashboard || Recent Calls - Empty vs Populated State || Recent calls card is available; test data can represent empty and populated call history || 1. Observe the Recent calls card when no call history exists.<br />2. Observe it when call records exist. || - Displays "There are no recent calls." when empty.<br />- displays a list of recent calls when present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-010 || Dashboard || Messages - Empty vs Populated State || Messages card is available; test data can represent empty and populated messages || 1. Observe the Messages card when no messages exist.<br />2. Observe it when new messages arrive. || - Displays "There are no recent messages." when empty.<br />- displays message items when available. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-011 || Dashboard || Starred - Empty vs Populated State || Starred card is available; items can be starred/pinned || 1. Observe the Starred card before pinning/starring items.<br />2. Pin/star items and observe the card. || - Displays "There are no starred items." when empty.<br />- displays starred quick-access items when populated. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-012 || Dashboard || Do Not Disturb - No Line Warning State || Account has no configured telephone lines || 1. View the Do not disturb widget. || - Displays "You don't own any telephone lines." along with the "Create a telephone line." hyperlink. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-013 || Dashboard || Do Not Disturb - Active Control State || Account has active telephone lines || 1. View the Do not disturb widget. || - Replaces warning text with line selection dropdowns and DND enable/disable toggle switches. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-014 || Dashboard || Call Forwarding - No Line Warning State || Account has no configured telephone lines || 1. View the Call forwarding widget. || - Displays "You don't own any telephone lines." along with the "Create a telephone line." hyperlink. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-015 || Dashboard || Call Forwarding - Active Control State || Account has active telephone lines || 1. View the Call forwarding widget. || - Displays current call forwarding status and destination options for configured lines. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-016 || Dashboard || Dashboard Grid Layout Alignment || Dashboard is displayed in standard desktop view || 1. Inspect overall dashboard layout at 1920x1080. || - Two-column grid renders cleanly without overlapping text, broken boundaries, or vertical misalignment. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-017 || Dashboard || Dashboard Responsive Reflow || Dashboard is displayed || 1. Resize browser from Desktop to Tablet (768px) and Mobile (375px). || - Widget cards stack vertically into a single-column view without horizontal scrollbars or cut-off text. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-018 || Dashboard || Footer Display || User is on the Dashboard page || 1. Scroll to the bottom of the dashboard page. || - Footer displays "Powered by Enswitch 4.5" centered at the bottom. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-019 || Dashboard || Automatic Data Refresh || Dashboard is open; a new call or message can be received || 1. Keep the dashboard open without refreshing.<br />2. Receive a new call or message. || - Recent calls or Messages widgets update dynamically (or upon scheduled polling interval) without requiring a manual page reload. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-DB-020 || Dashboard || Slow Network Connection Loading || Dashboard is available; browser dev tools allow network throttling || 1. Throttle network speed (e.g., Fast 3G/Slow 3G).<br />2. Load the dashboard. || - Skeleton loaders or spinners display cleanly inside widget containers while data fetches. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Active Calls ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-AC-001 || Active Calls || Hide/Show Filters Toggle || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click on Hide filters button at the top of the section. || - Filter parameters collapse/hide.<br />- button text changes to Show filters.<br />- Clicking again expands the filters. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-002 || Active Calls || Customer Selection Dropdown || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select different options from the Customer dropdown (e.g., "My customer"). || - Selection updates successfully in the field. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-003 || Active Calls || Sub-customers Recursive Toggle || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Toggle the Include sub-customers recursively: switch ON and OFF. || - Switch state changes visually between active and inactive. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-004 || Active Calls || Customer Options Icon || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the three-dots context menu icon next to the Customer dropdown. || - Contextual menu opens with relevant customer configuration options. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-005 || Active Calls || Direction Selection Dropdown || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select Any, Inbound, or Outbound from the Direction dropdown. || - Selected value updates in the field. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-006 || Active Calls || Add / Remove Machines || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a machine (e.g., "test44") from the list and click Add selected / Remove selected. || - Selected machines are added to or removed from the active filter box. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-007 || Active Calls || Match Criteria Dropdowns || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Test match condition dropdowns (Calling number or card match, Caller name match, Called number match, Destination number match) with options like Contains, Exact, Begins with, Ends with. || - Dropdown selections persist correctly for each text parameter. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-008 || Active Calls || Text Filtering Fields || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter valid numeric/alphanumeric strings into: Calling number or card, Caller name, Called number, Destination number, To or from telephone line. || - Fields accept input up to max length limit without crashing or breaking layout. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-009 || Active Calls || Results Limit Slider || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Drag the Results limit slider from No limit to 100. || - Selected numerical limit updates accurately above the slider track. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-010 || Active Calls || Set as Default Search Toggle || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enable Set as default search: switch and click Search. || - Current filter settings persist as default on re-navigating to the page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-011 || Active Calls || Sort Field Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select values from Sort by: (e.g., "Start date and time", "Duration", "Caller ID"). || - Selected field populates correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-012 || Active Calls || Sort Direction Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Toggle Direction: dropdown between Ascending and Descending. || - Selected order updates accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-013 || Active Calls || Auto-Refresh Interval Slider || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Drag the Refresh every: slider between 1 second, 60 seconds, and 300 seconds. || - Selected interval displays above the slider handle.<br />- background polling triggers according to the selected duration. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-014 || Active Calls || Execute Search with Default Filters || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the blue Search button with default settings. || - Active calls matching the default criteria display in the results table below. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-015 || Active Calls || Search with Multiple Combined Filters || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Combine multiple parameters (e.g., Direction = Inbound, Caller Name contains "John", Limit = 50) and click Search. || - Active call records returned strictly match all combined criteria. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-016 || Active Calls || Search with No Matching Results || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Input non-existent caller info (e.g., "999999999999") and click Search. || - Displays an explicit empty state message (e.g., "No active calls found matching criteria"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-017 || Active Calls || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages links in Home / Calls and messages / Active calls breadcrumb. || - Directs user to the selected parent directory. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-018 || Active Calls || "See more..." Help Link || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click See more... next to "List calls in progress now.". || - Opens contextual documentation or expandable information about active calls. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-019 || Active Calls || Page Close Button || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the circular X close icon in the top right corner. || - Closes the Active Calls view or returns user to the main dashboard/previous screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-020 || Active Calls || Special Character & Injection Testing in Text Input || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Input special characters (e.g., <script>, ' OR '1'='1, %_) into Caller name or Calling number fields. || - Form sanitizes input safely without executing code or throwing unhandled server errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AC-021 || Active Calls || Fast Refresh Interval Behavior || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set Refresh every: slider to 1 second and keep the page open. || - Page polls server smoothly without flickering, memory leaks, or freezing the UI tab. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Analytics ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-AN-001 || Analytics || Empty State Page Load & Message Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Analytics section. || 1. Navigate to Calls and messages > Analytics on an account with no configured reports. || - Displays the message "No reports to display.<br />- Press new report to create first one." Text is accurately rendered on page load. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AN-002 || Analytics || New Report Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the blue New report button. || - Redirects the user to the report builder/creation screen.<br />- URL changes to the report creation path and the creation wizard loads. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AN-003 || Analytics || Delete Selected Button Disabled State || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Observe the Delete selected button when no reports are selected or present. || - Button remains greyed out and unclickable.<br />- Disabled property is active. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-AN-004 || Analytics || Analytics Filter Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type a search string (e.g., "Monthly Call Summary") into the Filter search box and press Enter or click the search icon. || - Filters the report table dynamically.<br />- shows no results if no matches exist.<br />- Search results match the typed filter string. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Call History ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-CH-001 || Call History || Hide/Show Filters Toggle || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Hide filters toggle button at the top of the search card. || - Filter parameters collapse upward.<br />- button label switches to Show filters.<br />- Filter input fields are hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-002 || Call History || Date & Time Range Filtering || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set Start date and Start time (e.g., 09/22/2026 12:00:00 AM).<br />2. Set End date and End time (e.g., 09/22/2026 11:59:59 PM).<br />3. Click Search. || - System fetches completed calls executed strictly within the specified start/end window.<br />- Returned call timestamps fall between the configured range. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-003 || Call History || Recursive Sub-customers Inclusion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Toggle the Include sub-customers recursively: switch ON and click Search. || - Search results aggregate call records from both the parent account and all child sub-customers, including sub-customer IDs. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-004 || Call History || Leg Detail, Status, & Direction Filtering || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select Detail level (e.g., Leg).<br />2. Select Leg status (e.g., Answered, Failed, Any).<br />3. Select Leg direction (e.g., Inbound, Outbound, Any).<br />4. Click Search. || - Filters call logs strictly adhering to the selected leg parameters.<br />- Returned logs match selected leg detail properties. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-005 || Call History || Text & Number Parameter Match Rules || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select match condition dropdowns (Contains, Exact, Begins with, Ends with) and enter values for: Calling number or card, Caller name, Called number, Destination number, To or from telephone line. || - Filters call history according to the specified match type and target string.<br />- All results satisfy the pattern matching rules. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-006 || Call History || Duration Boundary Filter || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set Minimum duration (seconds) (e.g., 10) and Maximum duration (seconds) (e.g., 300).<br />2. click Search. || - Excludes calls shorter than 10 seconds or longer than 300 seconds.<br />- All returned durations are >= 10 and <= 300 seconds. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-007 || Call History || Cost Boundary Filter || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set Minimum cost and Maximum cost threshold values.<br />2. click Search. || - Filters records to display only calls whose financial charge falls within the specified limits. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-008 || Call History || Grouping & Sorting Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select Group by parameter (e.g., None, Customer, Date).<br />2. Select Sort by (e.g., Start date and time).<br />3. Set Direction (e.g., Ascending or Descending).<br />4. Click Search. || - Call history renders grouped and sorted accordingly.<br />- First and last entries in results table match the selected sort order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-009 || Call History || Default Search Settings Persistence || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Call History section. || 1. Apply custom filter parameters, enable Set as default search: toggle, click Search, and refresh/re-navigate to the page. || - Custom parameters are restored automatically upon page load.<br />- Input fields retain configured settings after reload. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-010 || Call History || Invalid Date Range Boundary Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set Start date later than End date (e.g., Start: 09/25/2026, End: 09/22/2026) and click Search. || - Displays a validation error message (e.g., "Start date cannot be after End date") and prevents search request.<br />- No HTTP search request is dispatched with invalid dates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-CH-011 || Call History || SQL / XSS Script Injection Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Input strings such as <script>alert(1)</script> or ' OR '1'='1 into Caller name or Calling number text boxes and execute search. || - Input is escaped safely.<br />- no unhandled error or script execution occurs.<br />- Response renders plain text safely in the table. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Control Panel ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_CP_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Instruction Banner Display || User navigates to Control Panel. || 1. Open Control Panel page (/#/calls/panel/).<br />2. Observe blue banner at top. || - Banner displays instructions: "Drag a call onto a telephone line to redirect it.<br />- Drag a telephone line onto another telephone line to make a call.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Instruction Banner Dismissal || Instruction banner is visible. || 1. Click 'Dismiss' button on top-right of banner. || - Banner closes immediately and does not overlap telephone line cards. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Drag and Drop Call Redirect || Active call in 'Calls' column and active 'Telephone line' card. || 1. Drag an ongoing call card from 'Calls' column.<br />2. Drop onto target 'Telephone line' card (e.g., 2345679). || - Ongoing call redirects to selected telephone line successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Line-to-Line Call Initiation || Two active telephone line cards available. || 1. Click and drag source telephone line card (e.g., 2345679).<br />2. Drop onto destination telephone line card (e.g., 2345680). || - System initiates call between source and destination telephone lines. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Telephone Lines Card List Rendering || User on Control Panel page. || 1. Scroll through 'Telephone lines' grid section. || - Renders telephone lines grid with extension numbers and user names (e.g., 2345679, 2506740 Alistair Cunningham). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Any Number Field Interaction || User on Control Panel page. || 1. Locate 'Any number' section.<br />2. Enter special shortcode or external phone number. || - Field accepts shortcodes and numeric strings. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Addresses Section Interaction || Configured SIP addresses exist. || 1. Locate 'Addresses' section.<br />2. Click on SIP address card (e.g., test@51.75.124.94). || - Card triggers call or opens SIP routing details. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Feature Codes Section Interaction || Feature code cards configured. || 1. Locate 'Feature codes' section.<br />2. Select feature code card (e.g., 3001 Zee Test Feature code). || - Triggers associated system feature code action. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Hunt Groups Section Interaction || Hunt group cards available. || 1. Locate 'Hunt groups' section.<br />2. Click on hunt group card (e.g., Marin huntgroup test). || - Initiates transfer/call to selected hunt group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || IVR Menus Section Interaction || IVR menu cards available. || 1. Locate 'IVR menus' section.<br />2. Click on IVR card (e.g., Zee Test IVR). || - Routes active call or connects line to IVR flow. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Mailboxes Section Interaction || Mailbox cards available. || 1. Locate 'Mailboxes' section.<br />2. Click on mailbox card (e.g., 102, 9001). || - Transfers line/call to voicemail mailbox. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Numbers Section Interaction || Inbound number cards configured. || 1. Locate 'Numbers' section.<br />2. Click on number card (e.g., 555111112). || - Initiates call or transfer to specified DID/number. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Page Groups Section Interaction || Page group cards configured. || 1. Locate 'Page groups' section.<br />2. Click on page group card (e.g., test Page group). || - Triggers paging broadcast to all endpoints in group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Pattern Menus & Plugins Interaction || Pattern menu and Plugin cards exist. || 1. Click on 'Pattern menus' card (test pattern).<br />2. Click on 'Plugins' card (Test plugin marin). || - Triggers corresponding pattern execution or plugin action. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Unlimited Access Section || Unlimited access cards present. || 1. Locate 'Unlimited access' section.<br />2. Click on item card (e.g., dtest unlimited). || - Executes action with unconstrained call rights. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Other Options - Sort by Description || User at bottom of Control Panel page. || 1. Scroll to 'Other options:' section.<br />2. Click 'Sort by description' link. || - Rearranges all entity cards alphabetically by description. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Other Options - View in New Page || User at bottom of Control Panel page. || 1. Click 'View in new page' link under 'Other options:'. || - Opens full Control Panel view in new browser tab. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_018 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Other Options - Read-Only View || User at bottom of Control Panel page. || 1. Click 'View in new page (read only)' link. || - Opens Control Panel in read-only mode where drag-and-drop actions are disabled. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_019 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Invalid Drag Target Boundary Test || Active call or line card dragging. || 1. Drag telephone line card onto non-droppable area (e.g., page header or sidebar). || - Card resets back to original position without firing actions. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CP_020 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Control panel || Cross-Browser Drag-and-Drop Compatibility || Open page across Chrome, Firefox, and Edge. || 1. Execute drag-and-drop call redirect across browsers. || - Drag-and-drop functionality works consistently across browsers without freezing. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Make a Call ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_MC_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Required Field Validation - Empty Forward Field || User is on the 'Make a call' page. || 1. Leave When answered, forward to: field empty.<br />2. Click Make a call button. || - System displays a mandatory field validation error (e.g., "When answered, forward to is required"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Successful Call Initiation - Valid Inputs || Active telephone line available. || 1. Select Make first call to: dropdown.<br />2. Select active Telephone line:.<br />3. Enter valid destination number in When answered, forward to:.<br />4. Select Callerid on first call:.<br />5. Click Make a call. || - System initiates the call and displays a success message (e.g., "Call request initiated successfully"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || "Make First Call To" Dropdown Options || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Click on Make first call to: dropdown.<br />2. Verify available target options. || - Displays all configured call target destination types properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || "Telephone Line" Dropdown Selection || Multiple lines configured for account. || 1. Click Telephone line: dropdown.<br />2. Select a different line. || - Field updates to display the selected telephone line. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || "Caller ID on First Call" Dropdown Options || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Click Callerid on first call: dropdown.<br />2. Switch between available options. || - Selection updates correctly, controlling outbound Caller ID presentation. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Auto-Answer Toggle Functionality || Device supports auto-answer. || 1. Toggle Request telephone to auto-answer: switch ON and OFF. || - Switch toggles state smoothly and sends auto-answer SIP header upon call dispatch. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Numeric Validation in Forward Field || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Enter valid numeric phone number in When answered, forward to:. || - Field accepts digits and optional leading + sign without errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Invalid Character Input in Forward Field || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Enter alphabetic/special characters into When answered, forward to:.<br />2. Click Make a call. || - Validation error displays: "Please enter a valid telephone number". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Extreme Length Input (Max Length Check) || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Paste 100+ characters into When answered, forward to: field. || - Field restricts input length or displays character limit validation error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || XSS / Script Injection Prevention || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into When answered, forward to: field.<br />2. Click Make a call. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing any script or breaking the page layout. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Click Home link in breadcrumb.<br />2. Click Calls and messages link. || - Navigates back to Home page or Calls and messages overview page respectively. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || "See More..." Documentation Link || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Click See more... link next to "You can request a call be made using the web interface." || - Opens relevant contextual help section or documentation tooltip. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Close Page Action || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Click the circular X close icon in top right. || - Closes the form overlay or redirects user back to the previous screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Mandatory Field Legend Indicator || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Inspect mandatory asterisk (*) next to When answered, forward to:.<br />2. Check footer text: "Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory." || - Legend correctly highlights that fields with an asterisk are required. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Footer Branding Text || User on 'Make a call' page. || 1. Scroll to page footer. || - Displays "Powered by Enswitch 4.5" centered at the bottom of the page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Responsive UI Layout Reflow || Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile dimensions. || 1. Resize viewport from 1920px down to 375px. || - Form controls stack cleanly without horizontal scrolling or visual distortion. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MC_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Make a call || Network Timeout / Disconnected Line || Server or telephony gateway offline. || 1. Fill valid call parameters.<br />2. Click Make a call during network loss. || - System displays error: "Unable to reach call gateway.<br />- Please try again.". ||  ||
+|}
+=== Send a Fax ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_FAX_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Mandatory Field Validation - Empty Submissions || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Leave File to send: empty.<br />2. Leave Send to: empty.<br />3. Click Send button. || - System displays validation errors highlighting required fields (File to send and Send to). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Successful Fax Submission - Valid Inputs || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Upload valid file under File to send:.<br />2. Enter valid fax number in Send to:.<br />3. Select Callerid.<br />4. Click Send. || - System processes fax delivery and displays a success notification message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || File Upload - Supported Formats (.pdf, .ps, .tif, .tiff, .txt) || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Upload supported file types individually under File to send: and Cover page:. || - File is accepted and filename displays inside upload field. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || File Upload - Unsupported Formats || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Attempt to upload unsupported file types (e.g., .docx, .jpg, .exe). || - System displays error: "Invalid file format.<br />- File must be .pdf, .ps, .tif, .tiff, or .txt format.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || File Size Limitation Check || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Attempt to upload a file exceeding maximum allowed upload size (e.g., >25MB). || - Validation message displays indicating file exceeds maximum allowed attachment size. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Optional Cover Page Attachment || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Upload valid document in Cover page: field.<br />2. Complete required fields and click Send. || - Fax is dispatched with cover page prepended to the main document. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Destination Number Format Validation || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Enter valid numeric fax number with/without country code in Send to:. || - Number format is accepted successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Destination Number Invalid Characters || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Enter alphabetic or special characters into Send to: field.<br />2. Click Send. || - Validation error displays indicating destination fax number is invalid. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Caller ID Dropdown Selection || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Click Callerid: dropdown.<br />2. Select alternate available caller ID options. || - Selected caller ID persists and presents on outbound fax transmission. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Confirmation Email Validation - Valid Email || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Input valid email in Send confirmation email to:.<br />2. Dispatch fax. || - System sends delivery status confirmation receipt to provided email address. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Confirmation Email Validation - Invalid Format || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Enter improperly formatted string in Send confirmation email to:.<br />2. Click Send. || - Validation error displays: "Please enter a valid email address.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Copy File to Mailbox Dropdown || User has active mailboxes configured. || 1. Click Copy file to mailbox as .pdf: dropdown.<br />2. Select target mailbox. || - Upon dispatch, a copy of the fax PDF is archived in selected mailbox. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Fax Header Template Selection || Account header templates exist. || 1. Click Fax header: dropdown.<br />2. Select header string. || - Selected header text appears at top of transmitted fax pages. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb link. || - Navigates back to the selected parent module page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Send faxes directly from the web interface." || - Opens expanded documentation modal/tooltip for faxing features. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Overlay Close Button Action || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in upper right corner. || - Overlay closes and redirects user back to previous dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FAX_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a fax || Security - Script Injection in Text Input || User is on the 'Send a fax' page. || 1. Input <script>alert('xss')</script> into Send to: or Send confirmation email to: fields. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing scripts or throwing unhandled errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Send a Message ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_MSG_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Mandatory Field Validation - Empty Fields || User is on the 'Send a message' page. || 1. Leave To: field empty.<br />2. Leave Message: text area empty.<br />3. Click Send button. || - System displays validation errors highlighting required fields (To and Message). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Successful SMS Dispatch - Valid Inputs || Active telephone line available. || 1. Select sender type under From:.<br />2. Select active Telephone: line.<br />3. Enter valid phone number in To:.<br />4. Enter text in Message:.<br />5. Click Send. || - Message is sent successfully and a confirmation alert/toast is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Sender Type Selection ("From" Dropdown) || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Click on From: dropdown.<br />2. Switch options (e.g., Telephone, DID, System Default). || - Selection updates correctly and adjusts secondary line selection fields accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Sender Line Selection ("Telephone" Dropdown) || Account has multiple telephone lines. || 1. Click Telephone: dropdown.<br />2. Select an extension/line (e.g., 2345679). || - Field updates to display the selected telephone number/extension. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Recipient Phone Number Validation - Format || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Enter valid local and international formatted numbers in To:. || - System accepts phone numbers with digits, hyphens, spaces.<br />- leading + sign. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Recipient Phone Number Validation - Invalid Input || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Enter alphabetic/special characters into To: field.<br />2. Click Send. || - Validation error displays indicating recipient number format is invalid. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || SMS Character Counter & Length Limit || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Type message content exceeding standard single SMS character limit (160 chars). || - System indicates multi-segment/concatenated SMS billing warning or caps character input limit. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Message Field Unicode & Emojis Support || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Enter non-GSM/Unicode characters, non-English text, and emojis into Message: box.<br />2. Click Send. || - Message is sent cleanly without character encoding corruption. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Text Area Resizing Control || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Drag the bottom-right resize handle of the Message: textarea. || - Textbox resizes smoothly without distorting the form alignment or page boundaries. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Security - XSS Script Injection Prevention || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('XSS')</script> into To: and Message: fields.<br />2. Click Send. || - Input is sanitized safely as plain text without executing any script or breaking the page layout. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Security - SQL Injection Prevention || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Enter ' OR 1=1 -- into To: input field.<br />2. Click Send. || - Input is validated safely as invalid phone input without database errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates user back to the respective selected parent screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Documentation "See More..." Link || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Send a text message directly from the web interface." || - Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining text messaging functionality. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Close Overlay Button Action || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in the top right corner. || - Closes the modal/overlay and returns user to the preceding dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Mandatory Field Asterisk Indicator || User on 'Send a message' page. || 1. Inspect mandatory asterisk (*) next to To: and Message: labels. || - Red/bold asterisk explicitly identifies required fields. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Responsive Layout Reflow || Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile dimensions. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Dropdowns, text inputs.<br />- Send button stack vertically without horizontal scrolling. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MSG_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send a message || Network Failure Handling || Gateway/Server unreachable. || 1. Fill valid parameters.<br />2. Disconnect network and click Send. || - System catches network error gracefully and displays: "Message failed to send.<br />- Check network connection.". ||  ||
+|}
+=== Send emails ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_EML_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Mandatory Field Validation - Empty Form Submission || User is on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Leave From email address: empty.<br />2. Leave Subject: empty.<br />3. Leave Body: empty.<br />4. Click Send button. || - System displays mandatory field validation errors highlighting required fields (From email address, Subject.<br />- Body). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Successful Email Dispatch - Valid Inputs || User is on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Select Send to: destination.<br />2. Enter valid email in From email address:.<br />3. Enter Subject: text.<br />4. Enter Body: text.<br />5. Check confirmation box if required.<br />6. Click Send. || - Email is dispatched successfully and a confirmation notification is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || "Send to" Destination Dropdown Options || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Click Send to: dropdown menu.<br />2. Observe available options (e.g., Myself, All customers, Specific group). || - Selection updates correctly.<br />- selecting bulk options enables the "test email before sending to everyone" checkbox rule. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Template Variable Parsing in Subject & Body || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Include supported template variables in Subject: and Body: fields.<br />2. Dispatch email. || - System parses and replaces variables with real customer details upon email delivery. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Invalid Template Variable Syntax || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Enter malformed/unsupported variable tag in body (e.g., <TMPL_VAR NAME="INVALID_VAR">).<br />2. Click Send. || - System handles unknown tags gracefully without throwing unhandled server execution errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || "From Email Address" Format Validation - Invalid Input || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Enter invalid email syntax in From email address: field.<br />2. Click Send. || - Validation error displays: "Please enter a valid email address". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Valid File Attachment || User is on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Click Upload file button under Attach file:.<br />2. Select a valid document file. || - File is attached successfully and filename renders beside the upload box. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Oversized File Attachment || User is on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Attempt to attach a file exceeding maximum allowed attachment limit (e.g., >25MB). || - Validation message displays indicating attachment exceeds maximum allowed file size. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Broadcast Confirmation Checkbox Validation || "Send to" destination set to bulk/everyone. || 1. Set Send to: to a global group.<br />2. Leave "I have sent a test email to myself..." unchecked.<br />3. Click Send. || - System prevents bulk email dispatch and prompts user to send a test email to themselves first. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Text Area Resizing Control || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Drag the resize handle at the bottom-right corner of the Body: text area. || - Textbox resizes smoothly without breaking form layout. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Security - XSS Payload Injection || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into Subject: and Body: fields.<br />2. Click Send. || - HTML/JS scripts are sanitized safely as plain text or HTML entity encoded without executing. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Breadcrumb Navigation || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates user back to selected parent module page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Documentation "See More..." Link || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Send emails directly from the web interface." || - Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining email broadcasting capabilities. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Close Overlay Button Action || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in upper right corner. || - Closes the form view and returns user to the preceding dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Variable Information Legend Verification || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Inspect blue info banner at the bottom of the form. || - Displays list of supported tags: <TMPL_VAR NAME="FIRST_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="LAST_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="TITLE">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="EMAIL">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="CUSTOMER_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="PLAN_NAME">, <TMPL_VAR NAME="PRODUCT_NAME">. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Mandatory Field Legend Indicator || User on 'Send emails' page. || 1. Inspect asterisk (*) next to From email address:, Subject:, and Body: labels.<br />2. Check footer text. || - Legend correctly confirms: "Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_EML_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Send emails || Responsive Layout Reflow || Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile devices. || 1. Resize browser viewport width down to 375px. || - Input fields, text area.<br />- Send button stack vertically without horizontal scrolling. ||  ||
+|}
+=== All mailboxes ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_MBX_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Table Data Rendering || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Observe table columns and row entries. || - Table renders columns (MAILBOX, DESCRIPTION, NEW, TOTAL, SIZE) and lists mailbox records correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Mailbox Selection Navigation || Mailbox records exist in table. || 1. Click on a hyperlinked mailbox ID (e.g., 100 or 102). || - Navigates to the selected mailbox's detail page listing messages. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Table Column Sorting || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to MAILBOX header.<br />2. Click sort arrows next to NEW, TOTAL, or SIZE headers. || - Table re-orders mailbox records in ascending or descending order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Filter Search Box - Matching Query || Mailbox records exist in table. || 1. Type existing mailbox number or description into Filter search box. || - Table dynamically filters to display only matching mailbox records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query || Mailbox records exist in table. || 1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box. || - Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching mailboxes found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Pagination Navigation || Total records exceed single page limit (e.g., 6 total records). || 1. Click page 2 or next arrow (>) in bottom pagination bar. || - Page 2 loads showing remaining record(s) and updates counter (e.g., "Showing: 6 to 6 of 6"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || First/Last Page Shortcuts || User on page 2 of pagination. || 1. Click first page shortcut («) or page 1 button. || - Navigates back to page 1 and updates record counter to "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Showing Counter Calculation || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Verify text "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6" against rendered rows. || - Record count string accurately reflects displayed items vs total items. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Message Count & Storage Accuracy || Mailbox has new/total messages. || 1. Compare NEW and TOTAL counts and SIZE values. || - Values match database values accurately (e.g., NEW <= TOTAL). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Security - Filter XSS Injection || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into Filter search box. || - Input is sanitized as plain text without executing scripts or throwing errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent module page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Access and manage your mailbox messages..." || - Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining mailbox management. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'All mailboxes' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes view and redirects user back to preceding dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MBX_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / All mailboxes || Responsive Table Layout Reflow || Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrollbar or card transformation without breaking UI layout. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Faxes ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_FX_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Table Data & Columns Rendering || User navigates to 'Faxes' page (/#/calls/faxes/). || 1. Observe table header and rendered row data. || - Table renders expected columns (DATE & TIME, FROM, TO, PAGES, STATUS, ACTIONS / FILE) cleanly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Empty State Display || Account has no inbound or outbound fax records. || 1. Navigate to Faxes page. || - Displays empty state message: "There are no faxes to display.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || View / Open Fax Document || Received/Sent fax records exist in table. || 1. Click on fax file name or view icon in table row. || - Opens fax document preview in browser PDF viewer or modal cleanly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Download Fax File || Received/Sent fax records exist in table. || 1. Click 'Download' button/link for a fax entry. || - Fax document downloads successfully in valid .pdf or .tif format. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Filter Search Box - Matching Query || Fax records exist in table. || 1. Enter sender number, receiver number, or date into 'Filter' search box. || - Table dynamically filters to display only matching fax entries. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query || Fax records exist in table. || 1. Type non-existent number or string into 'Filter' box. || - Table updates to show empty state (e.g., "No matching faxes found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Column Sorting || Fax records exist in table. || 1. Click sort arrows on DATE & TIME, FROM, or PAGES headers. || - Table sorts fax records in ascending or descending order accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Pagination Navigation || Total fax records exceed page limit. || 1. Click page 2 or next arrow (>) in bottom pagination control. || - Page 2 loads displaying next set of fax records and updates record counter string. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Single Fax Record Deletion || Fax record exists and user has delete permissions. || 1. Click 'Delete' icon/action on a specific fax row.<br />2. Confirm deletion in prompt modal. || - Fax record is removed from table and database.<br />- record count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Bulk Fax Deletion || Multiple fax records selected via checkboxes. || 1. Select multiple fax checkboxes.<br />2. Click 'Delete selected' button.<br />3. Confirm deletion prompt. || - All selected faxes are purged permanently from system. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Security - Filter XSS Injection || User is on Faxes page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into 'Filter' search field. || - Input is sanitized as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is on Faxes page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb header. || - Navigates back to selected parent directory screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on Faxes page. || 1. Click See more... help link at top of page. || - Opens expanded documentation modal/tooltip explaining fax management. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FX_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Faxes || Responsive Layout Reflow || Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrolling or converts to stacked card view cleanly. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Text Message ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_TM_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Hide/Show Filters Toggle || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Click on Hide filters toggle link at the top. || - Filter form section collapses upward.<br />- toggle text changes to Show filters. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Date Range Filtering - Valid Range || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Select Start date using calendar picker or direct input.<br />2. Select End date.<br />3. Click Update button. || - System updates text message logs to reflect entries matching the selected date window. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Date Picker Calendar Trigger || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Click calendar icon inside Start date or End date input field. || - Interactive calendar picker overlay opens successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Sort By Field Selection || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Click Sort by: dropdown.<br />2. Select sort target (e.g., Date and Time, Sender, Recipient). || - Selection updates correctly in the dropdown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Sort Direction Selection || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Click Direction: dropdown.<br />2. Toggle between Ascending and Descending. || - Selection updates correctly and controls sorting direction upon clicking Update. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Filter Execution ("Update" Button) || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Modify filter parameters (Start date, End date, Sort by, Direction).<br />2. Click blue Update button. || - Form submits and refreshes the text message results table below. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Invalid Date Range Boundary Check || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Set Start date later than End date.<br />2. Click Update button. || - System displays a validation error message (e.g., "Start date cannot be after End date"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Manual Date Input Formatting || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Manually type malformed date into Start date input box (e.g., 99/99/9999 or abcd).<br />2. Click Update. || - System prevents submission or displays a valid date format validation error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb header. || - Navigates back to the selected parent module screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Footer Branding Display || User is on the 'Text messages' page. || 1. Scroll to page footer. || - Displays "Powered by Enswitch 4.5" centered at the bottom of the page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_TM_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Text messages || Responsive UI Reflow || Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile devices. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Date fields, dropdowns.<br />- Update button adjust cleanly without horizontal scrolling. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Voice Mails ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_VM_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Table Data & Columns Rendering || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Observe table headers and row data. || - Table renders columns (MAILBOX, DESCRIPTION, NEW, TOTAL, SIZE) and lists voicemail mailbox records correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Mailbox Hyperlink Navigation || Voicemail records exist in table. || 1. Click on a hyperlinked mailbox ID (e.g., 100 or 102). || - Navigates to the selected mailbox's voicemail message list view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Column Sorting Functionality || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to MAILBOX header.<br />2. Click sort arrows next to NEW, TOTAL, or SIZE headers. || - Table re-orders voicemail mailbox records in ascending or descending order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Filter Search Box - Matching Query || Mailbox records exist in table. || 1. Type an existing mailbox number or description into Filter search box. || - Table dynamically filters to display only matching voicemail mailbox records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query || Mailbox records exist in table. || 1. Type a non-existent query into Filter search box. || - Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching mailboxes found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Pagination Controls & Page Switch || Total records exceed single page limit (e.g., 6 total records). || 1. Click page 2 or next arrow (>) in bottom pagination bar. || - Page 2 loads displaying the remaining record(s) and updates counter (e.g., "Showing: 6 to 6 of 6"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || First/Previous Page Shortcuts || User is on page 2 of pagination. || 1. Click first page shortcut («) or page 1 button. || - Navigates back to page 1 and updates record counter string to "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Showing Counter Calculation || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Compare text "Showing: 1 to 5 of 6" against rendered rows. || - Record count string accurately reflects displayed items versus total items. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Voicemail Count & Storage Accuracy || Mailbox has new/total voicemails. || 1. Verify NEW and TOTAL voicemail counts and SIZE values. || - Values match database values accurately (e.g., NEW <= TOTAL). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Security - Filter XSS Injection || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into Filter search box. || - Input is sanitized as plain text without executing scripts or throwing errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Click Home or Calls and messages in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to the selected parent module page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Click See more... link next to "Access and manage your mailbox messages..." || - Opens expanded help documentation or tooltip explaining voicemail management. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Voicemails' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes view and redirects user back to preceding dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_VM_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Calls and messages / Voicemails || Responsive Table Layout Reflow || Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Feature Codes ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_FC_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Table Data Rendering & Details Display || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Observe feature code table headers and rendered row items. || - Table renders columns (CODE, DETAILS) and displays feature code entries (e.g., *007, 001, 1, 123, 124) with routing details. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Hide/Show Filters Toggle || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click Hide filters toggle link. || - Filter input area collapses.<br />- toggle label updates to Show filters. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Filter Feature Codes - Matching Query || Feature codes exist in table. || 1. Type string into Code or description contains: input field.<br />2. Click Update button. || - Table filters dynamically to render only matching feature code records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Filter Feature Codes - Blank Query (Match All) || Filter applied previously. || 1. Clear Code or description contains: text field.<br />2. Click Update button. || - System resets filter and displays all feature code records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Select All Checkboxes Action || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click Select all button above table. || - All feature code checkboxes on current page are checked simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Delete Selected Feature Codes || Feature code checkboxes selected. || 1. Select one or more feature code checkboxes.<br />2. Click Delete selected button.<br />3. Confirm deletion prompt. || - Selected feature code records are permanently deleted and table list updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Export Feature Codes as CSV || Feature code records exist. || 1. Click Export as .csv button. || - System generates and downloads a .csv file containing the feature codes list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Import Feature Codes Navigation || User on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click Import button. || - Redirects to feature code CSV import wizard page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Create New Feature Code Navigation || User on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click New button. || - Redirects to feature code creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Feature Code Detail Navigation || Feature code hyperlinked code exists. || 1. Click on hyperlinked code (e.g., *007 or 001). || - Navigates to edit/view details page for selected feature code. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Star/Favorite Icon Toggle || Feature code row displayed. || 1. Click star icon on right side of feature code row. || - Star fills/highlights indicating item is added to starred shortcuts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Pagination Navigation || Total records exceed single page limit (13 total records). || 1. Click page 2, 3, next arrow (>), or last page » (3) in bottom pagination bar. || - Page loads selected record set and updates record counter string (e.g., "Feature codes: 6 to 10 of 13"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Column Sorting || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to CODE or DETAILS column headers. || - Table re-orders feature codes in ascending or descending order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Code or description contains: field.<br />2. Click Update. || - Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click Home or Devices and numbers links in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent directory screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Feature codes are short numbers that can be used..." || - Opens expanded documentation modal explaining feature code functionalities. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FC_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature codes || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Feature codes' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes feature codes view and returns user to main dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Feature Prefixes ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_FP_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Table Data & Columns Rendering || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Observe feature prefix table headers and rendered row items. || - Table renders columns (PREFIX, DETAILS) and displays all feature prefix records (e.g., 12, 1 to 51 digits, 5, 18 to 44 digits, etc.). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Total Counter Calculation Verification || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Verify text header "Feature prefixes: 5" against rendered row count. || - Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered items. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Filter Search Box - Matching Query || Feature prefix records exist in table. || 1. Type string into Filter search box. || - Table dynamically filters to display only matching feature prefix records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query || Feature prefix records exist in table. || 1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box. || - Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching feature prefixes found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Select All Checkboxes Action || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Click Select all button above table. || - All feature prefix row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Delete Selected Feature Prefixes || Feature prefix checkboxes selected. || 1. Select one or more feature prefix checkboxes.<br />2. Click Delete selected button.<br />3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal. || - Selected feature prefix records are permanently deleted and list count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Create New Feature Prefix Navigation || User on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Click New button. || - Redirects to the feature prefix creation configuration form. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Feature Prefix Detail Navigation || Feature prefix hyperlinked text exists. || 1. Click on hyperlinked prefix text (e.g., 12, 1 to 51 digits). || - Navigates to edit/view details screen for selected feature prefix. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Star/Favorite Icon Toggle || Feature prefix row displayed. || 1. Click star icon on right side of feature prefix row. || - Star highlights/fills, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Column Sorting || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to PREFIX or DETAILS column headers. || - Table re-orders feature prefixes in ascending or descending order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box. || - Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Click Home or Devices and numbers links in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent module screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Feature prefixes allow you to modify how the call behaves..." || - Opens expanded documentation modal explaining feature prefix rules and behaviors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Feature prefixes' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes feature prefixes view and returns user to main dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FP_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Feature prefixes || Responsive Layout Reflow || Browser in desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrolling or stacks cards cleanly without breaking UI layout. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Numbers ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_NUM_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Numbers Table Rendering || User is on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Observe numbers table header and rendered row data. || - Table renders columns (NUMBER, DETAILS) and displays DID entries (e.g., 555111112) with routing details. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Hide/Show Filters Toggle || User is on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Click Hide filters toggle link. || - Filter input area collapses.<br />- toggle label updates to Show filters. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Filter Numbers - Matching Query || Number records exist in table. || 1. Enter query in Number or description contains: input field.<br />2. Click Update button. || - Table filters dynamically to render only matching DID records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Filter Numbers - Blank Query (Match All) || Filter applied previously. || 1. Clear Number or description contains: field.<br />2. Click Update. || - System resets filter and displays all DID records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Select All Checkboxes Action || User is on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Click Select all button above table. || - All number row checkboxes on the current page are checked simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Delete Selected Numbers || Number row checkboxes selected. || 1. Select one or more number checkboxes.<br />2. Click Delete selected button.<br />3. Confirm deletion prompt modal. || - Selected DID records are permanently deleted and table list updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Export Numbers as CSV || Number records exist. || 1. Click Export as .csv button. || - System generates and downloads a .csv file containing the DID list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Create New Number Navigation || User on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Click New button. || - Redirects user to the number/DID creation configuration form. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Number Detail Navigation || Hyperlinked number exists. || 1. Click on hyperlinked DID (e.g., 555111112). || - Navigates to edit/view details page for selected DID. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Star/Favorite Icon Toggle || Number row displayed. || 1. Click star icon on right side of number row. || - Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Add Numbers to Bulk Change Selection || User is on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Select number(s) from lower selection box (e.g., 9897732799).<br />2. Click Add selected button. || - Selected numbers move up to the Numbers to change: box. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Remove Numbers from Bulk Change Selection || Numbers present in 'Numbers to change' box. || 1. Select number(s) inside top Numbers to change: box.<br />2. Click Remove selected button. || - Selected numbers move back down to lower available numbers box. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Toggle "Change Description" Control || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Toggle Change description: switch ON. || - Description text input field expands/unlocks for data entry. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Change Owner Selection || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Click Owner: dropdown.<br />2. Select new owner account or customer. || - Selected owner populates dropdown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Toggle "Change Caller Name" Control || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Toggle Change caller name: switch ON. || - Caller name input field unlocks and Caller name modifies existing name: dropdown activates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Record Group & Music Settings Update || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Select value from Record group: dropdown.<br />2. Select value from Music: dropdown. || - Selections populate dropdowns correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Toggle "Change Default Destination" Control || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Toggle Change default destination: switch ON. || - Destination routing target options (e.g., telephone line, IVR, hunt group) expand. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Temporary Routing & Announcement Message || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Select value from Temporary routing: dropdown.<br />2. Select value from Announcement message: dropdown. || - Selections populate dropdowns correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Add/Replace Caller & Time Routes Toggles || User on 'Bulk change numbers' page. || 1. Toggle Add or replace a caller route: switch ON.<br />2. Toggle Add or replace a time route: switch ON. || - Dynamic forms to construct caller-based and time-based call routes expand. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Save Bulk Changes - Empty Selection Validation || No numbers added to 'Numbers to change' box. || 1. Keep Numbers to change: empty.<br />2. Modify any setting.<br />3. Click blue Save button. || - System displays validation error: "Please select at least one number to change.". ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BCN_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers / Bulk change || Save Bulk Changes - Successful Execution || Valid numbers added to 'Numbers to change' box. || 1. Add numbers to change list.<br />2. Configure new settings.<br />3. Click Save button. || - System applies updates across all chosen numbers and displays success confirmation message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization || User is on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Number or description contains: field.<br />2. Click Update. || - Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Numbers' or 'Bulk change' page. || 1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Numbers links in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent directory screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Numbers, also known as DIDs or DDIs..." || - Opens expanded documentation modal explaining DID management. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_NUM_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Numbers || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Numbers' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Speed Dials ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_SD_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Table Data & Columns Rendering || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Observe speed dial table headers and rendered row items. || - Table renders columns (NUMBER, DESTINATION, DESCRIPTION) and displays speed dial entries (14, 15, 16, 18) correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Total Counter Calculation Verification || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Verify header text "Speed dials: 4" against rendered row count. || - Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered speed dial rows. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Filter Speed Dials - Matching Query || Speed dial records exist in table. || 1. Type string into Filter search box. || - Table dynamically filters to render only matching speed dial records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Filter Speed Dials - Non-Matching Query || Speed dial records exist in table. || 1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box. || - Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching speed dials found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Select All Checkboxes Action || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click Select all button above table. || - All speed dial row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Delete Selected Speed Dials || Speed dial checkboxes selected. || 1. Select one or more speed dial checkboxes.<br />2. Click Delete selected button.<br />3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal. || - Selected speed dial records are permanently deleted and list count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Export Speed Dials as CSV || Speed dial records exist. || 1. Click Export as .csv button. || - System generates and downloads a .csv file containing the speed dial list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Import Speed Dials Navigation || User on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click Import button. || - Redirects to speed dial CSV import wizard page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Create New Speed Dial Navigation || User on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click New button. || - Redirects to speed dial creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Speed Dial Detail Navigation || Hyperlinked speed dial number exists. || 1. Click on hyperlinked number (e.g., 14 or 15). || - Navigates to edit/view details page for selected speed dial. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Star/Favorite Icon Toggle || Speed dial row displayed. || 1. Click star icon on right side of speed dial row. || - Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Column Sorting || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to NUMBER, DESTINATION, or DESCRIPTION column headers. || - Table re-orders speed dials in ascending or descending order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box. || - Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Speed dials links in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent directory screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Speed dials allow users to dial destinations using fewer key presses." || - Opens expanded documentation modal explaining speed dial functionalities. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_016 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Shared speed dials' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_SD_017 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Speed dials || Responsive Table Layout Reflow || Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Provisioning Templates ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_PRV_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Table Data & Columns Rendering || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Observe provisioning templates table headers and rendered row items. || - Table renders NAME column and lists templates (Enswitch client for Android, main prov, main prov only, Polycom (via HTTP), Polycom (via TFTP)) correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Total Counter Calculation Verification || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Verify header text "Provisioning templates: 5" against rendered row count. || - Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered template items. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Filter Search Box - Matching Query || Provisioning template records exist in table. || 1. Type string into Filter search box. || - Table dynamically filters to render only matching provisioning template records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query || Provisioning template records exist in table. || 1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box. || - Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching provisioning templates found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Select All Checkboxes Action || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Click Select all button above table. || - All template row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Delete Selected Provisioning Templates || Template checkboxes selected. || 1. Select one or more template checkboxes.<br />2. Click Delete selected button.<br />3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal. || - Selected template records are permanently deleted and list count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Create New Provisioning Template Navigation || User on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Click New button. || - Redirects to provisioning template creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Template Detail Navigation || Hyperlinked template name exists. || 1. Click on hyperlinked name (e.g., Polycom (via HTTP)). || - Navigates to edit/view details page for selected provisioning template. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Star/Favorite Icon Toggle || Provisioning template row displayed. || 1. Click star icon on right side of template row. || - Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Column Sorting || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to NAME column header. || - Table re-orders provisioning templates in ascending or descending alphabetical order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box. || - Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Provisioning links in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent directory screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Configure the data sent to telephones for automatic provisioning..." || - Opens expanded documentation modal explaining device provisioning capabilities. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Provisioning templates' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PRV_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Provisioning || Responsive Table Layout Reflow || Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Remote Access ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_RA_001 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Table Data & Columns Rendering || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Observe table headers and rendered row items. || - Table renders columns (NAME, DESCRIPTION) and lists remote access accounts (16225, 16226) correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_002 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Total Counter Calculation Verification || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Verify header text "Remote access acounts: 2" against rendered row count. || - Header total count string accurately matches the number of rendered items. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_003 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Filter Search Box - Matching Query || Remote access account records exist in table. || 1. Type string into Filter search box. || - Table dynamically filters to render only matching remote access account records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_004 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Filter Search Box - Non-Matching Query || Remote access account records exist in table. || 1. Type non-existent query into Filter search box. || - Table displays an empty state message (e.g., "No matching remote access accounts found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_005 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Select All Checkboxes Action || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Click Select all button above table. || - All account row checkboxes on the page are checked simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_006 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Delete Selected Remote Access Accounts || Account checkboxes selected. || 1. Select one or more account checkboxes.<br />2. Click Delete selected button.<br />3. Confirm deletion in prompt modal. || - Selected remote access accounts are permanently deleted and list count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_007 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Create New Remote Access Account Navigation || User on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Click New button. || - Redirects to remote access account creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_008 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Account Detail Navigation || Hyperlinked account name/number exists. || 1. Click on hyperlinked name (e.g., 16225). || - Navigates to edit/view details page for selected remote access account. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_009 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Star/Favorite Icon Toggle || Remote access account row displayed. || 1. Click star icon on right side of account row. || - Star fills/highlights, indicating item is added to starred shortcuts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_010 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Column Sorting || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Click sort arrows next to NAME or DESCRIPTION column headers. || - Table re-orders remote access accounts in ascending or descending order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_011 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Security - Search Input XSS Sanitization || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> in Filter search box. || - Search query is sanitized safely as plain text without executing scripts or crashing UI. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_012 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Breadcrumb Navigation Links || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Click Home, Devices and numbers, or Remote access links in breadcrumb path. || - Navigates back to selected parent directory screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_013 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Documentation "See More..." Link || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Click See more... next to "Remote access allows you to call into the system..." || - Opens expanded documentation modal explaining remote access capabilities. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_014 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Close Overlay Button Action || User is on 'Remote access acounts' page. || 1. Click circular X close icon in top right corner. || - Closes view and returns user to main dashboard screen. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RA_015 || Enswitch Telephony - Devices and numbers / Remote access || Responsive Table Layout Reflow || Viewport resized across desktop, tablet, and mobile views. || 1. Resize viewport width down to 375px (mobile view). || - Table provides horizontal scrollbar or converts to stacked card view cleanly. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Add user with features ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Add user with features || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Add user with features section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Add user with features. || - The page title ("Add user with features"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner with See more... link, all section headers (User:, Telephone line:, Numbers:, Mailbox:, Notify:), mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.").<br />- Add user button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Add user with features || Default Pre-Filled Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that mandatory fields are generated/pre-filled with valid defaults (*Web password: pre-filled with auto-generated string, *Number and username: set to 6121936, *Password: set to *n%*bTh~1k, *Mailbox: set to 6121936, *Mailbox PIN: set to 877125), and default dropdown selections load correctly (Title: Select..., Role: duc custom, Class of service: Default, Record group: No record group, On unregistered: Hang up call, Number: No number). || - All expected UI elements for Add user with features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Add user with features || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Add user with features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Add user with features || Mandatory Field Validation - Missing Required Fields || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear mandatory fields such as *Web password:, *Number and username:, *Password:, *Mailbox:, or *Mailbox PIN: individually, click Add user. || - Form submission is blocked with specific validation error messages. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Add user with features || Invalid Email Format Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter an invalid email format into Email address: (under User) or Send email containing passwords to: (under Notify), click Add user. || - Email format validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Add user with features || Multiple Email Notification Formatting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter space-separated email addresses in Send email containing passwords to: (e.g., admin@company.com user@company.com), click Add user. || - Password notification emails dispatch to all listed recipients. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Add user with features || Duplicate Extension / Extension Username Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a number in *Number and username: or *Mailbox: that already exists in the system, click Add user. || - System validation blocks creation due to duplicate line/mailbox assignment. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Add user with features || Numeric Input Validation for Mailbox PIN || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-numeric or alphabetical characters into *Mailbox PIN:, click Add user. || - Numeric-only restriction is enforced. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Add user with features || Phone Number Purchase/Selection Options || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select an existing number from the Number: dropdown or enter a valid number string in or purchase number:, click Add user. || - The number maps successfully to the newly created user line. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Add user with features || Feature Code Internal Caller ID Mapping || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a valid internal caller ID code in Feature code:, click Add user. || - The extension uses the code for internal dialing. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Add user with features || Successful Full User Creation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Fill out optional fields (First name:, Last name:, Email address:), select valid options for Role, Class of service, and On unregistered, click Add user. || - The user, telephone line.<br />- mailbox are created simultaneously with a success notification. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Alerts ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Alerts || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Alerts section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Alerts. || - The page title ("Alerts"), breadcrumb navigation, total alert count ("Alerts: 5"), description banner ("Alerts allow you to be notified of when something happens of interest or concern.") with See more... link, Filter input box.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Export as .csv, Import, New) are correctly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Alerts || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers ALERT NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 5 alert records (dtest, Test alert, test alert 2, test alert45, Test peer) and their respective descriptions (test delete this for Test alert, empty for others), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Alerts render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Alerts || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Alerts render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Alerts || Create New Alert || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, fill in valid alert trigger condition and notification channel details, save. || - The total count updates to 6 and the new alert appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Alerts || Duplicate Alert Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create an alert with an existing name (e.g., Test alert). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Alerts || Alert Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any alert name hyperlink (e.g., Test peer) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying notification triggers or recipient emails. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Alerts list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Alerts || Export Alerts as CSV || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Export as .csv. || - A .csv file containing the list of configured alerts and their properties downloads successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Alerts || Import Alerts || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Import, upload a valid CSV file with alert definitions. || - The alerts are imported and reflected in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Alerts || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 5 alerts (dtest, Test alert, test alert 2, test alert45, Test peer) become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Alerts || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., dtest) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Alerts || Delete Selected Alert with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more alerts (e.g., Test alert), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The alert is deleted and the count updates to 4. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Alerts || Cancel Alert Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select an alert, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The alert remains in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Alerts || Filter Matching Record by Name or Description || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type peer or delete into the Filter box. || - Matching records (e.g., Test peer or Test alert) remain visible in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Alerts || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Alerts || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the ALERT NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Audit log ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Audit log || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Audit log section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Audit log. || - The page title ("Audit log"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Report on configuration changes made by users.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section headers ("Show entries matching:", "Search:"), filter controls (Customer:, Start date:, Start time:, End date:, End time:, Search:, Match:, Value: input text box).<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Audit log || Default Field Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that filter parameters load with correct default values: Customer: set to "My customer", Start date: set to current date (09/22/2026), Start time: set to 12:00:00 AM, End date: set to current date (09/22/2026), End time: set to 11:59:59 PM, Search: set to "None", Match: set to "Exact", and Value: field is empty. || - All expected UI elements for Audit log render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Audit log || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Audit log render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Audit log || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section.<br />2. click Show filters to ensure all filter inputs expand again properly. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Audit log || Customer Dropdown Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Customer: dropdown to verify that available customer options load and allow selecting different customer accounts for audit logging. || - Customer Dropdown Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Audit log || Time Picker Stepper Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the + and - stepper buttons on Start time: and End time: fields to verify that hour, minute, second, and AM/PM indicators increment and decrement accurately. || - Time Picker Stepper Controls completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Audit log || Date & Time Validation - Invalid Bounds || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Configure an End date: and End time: combination that is chronologically prior to the Start date: and Start time:, click Search. || - System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date range error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Audit log || Dropdown Options Verification - Search Category & Match Type || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search: and Match: dropdowns to verify that available change categories (e.g., User, IP Address, Action, Item) and matching types (e.g., Exact, Contains, Begins with) are listed and selectable. || - All expected UI elements for Audit log render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Audit log || Audit Search with Specific Criteria || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a specific search field from Search:, choose a match mode in Match:, enter a target value in Value: (e.g., specific user ID or IP address), click Search. || - Matching system configuration change logs are displayed in the results table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Audit log || Generate Audit Log - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using default parameters. || - All configuration change log entries for the selected customer within the time frame load accurately with timestamps, user details.<br />- change descriptions. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Audit log || No Audit Entries Found Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a time range or search value with no recorded configuration changes, click Search. || - An empty state message (e.g., "No audit log entries found matching criteria") is displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Call shop ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Call shop || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Call shop section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Call shop. || - The page title ("New call shop telephones"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Call shops allow customers to walk in from the street, sit down at a telephone.<br />- make calls.") with See more... link, section header ("Settings"), input controls (Number of telephones to add: slider with default value 1 and max limit 100, Rate plan: dropdown, Credit limit ($): input field).<br />- Add button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Call shop || Default Field State Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that Number of telephones to add: defaults to 1, Rate plan: defaults to David Cunningham test, and Credit limit ($): defaults to 0.00. || - All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Call shop || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Call shop || Slider Control Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Drag the Number of telephones to add: slider between minimum (1) and maximum (100) values to verify smooth adjustment and accurate numerical indicator updates. || - All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Call shop || Dropdown Selection Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Rate plan: dropdown to verify available rate plans load correctly and allow selecting different rate plans. || - All expected UI elements for Call shop render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Call shop || Numeric Input Validation - Credit Limit || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-numeric or special characters into Credit limit ($):, click Add. || - System validation restricts invalid inputs or displays a formatting error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Call shop || Negative Value Handling - Credit Limit || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a negative value (e.g., -50.00) into Credit limit ($):, click Add. || - Validation prevents negative credit limit entries. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Call shop || Successful Batch Telephones Addition || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set the desired quantity in Number of telephones to add: (e.g., 5), select a valid Rate plan:, specify a valid Credit limit ($): (e.g., 10.00), click Add. || - 5 new call shop telephones are generated and listed with a success confirmation message. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Calling cards ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Calling cards || UI Verification - Main Page || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Calling cards section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Calling cards. || - The page title ("Calling card groups"), total count ("Calling card groups: 1"), description banner ("Calling cards allow users to call into the system, be authenticated.<br />- make calls out.") with See more... link, Filter input box, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New).<br />- "Other options:" section links (All batches, Card usage statistics) are rendered correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Calling cards || Data Verification - Calling Card Groups || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with record test card, an unselected checkbox, an empty description, a favorite star icon, and quick action links (Batches, New batch). || - All expected UI elements for Calling cards render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Calling cards || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to ensure full context text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Calling cards render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Calling cards || Create New Calling Card Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, enter valid calling card group parameters, save. || - The group count updates to 2 and the new group appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Calling cards || Duplicate Group Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a calling card group using an existing name (e.g., test card). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Calling cards || Group Batch Management Links || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Batches next to test card to view existing batches for that group, or click New batch to generate a new set of calling cards under test card. || - Group Batch Management Links completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Calling cards || Bulk Selection & Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select the Select all button or toggle the individual checkbox next to test card, ensuring the Delete selected button becomes active. || - Bulk Selection & Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Calling cards || Delete Selected Calling Card Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select test card, click Delete selected, confirm the deletion dialog. || - The group is removed and count updates to 0. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Calling cards || Filter Matching & Non-Matching Records || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter test into the Filter box to verify test card remains visible.<br />2. enter xyz to verify the list filters out all items and displays an empty state. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Calling cards || Navigate to All Batches || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click All batches under "Other options:" and verify navigation to Home / Customers / Calling cards / Calling card batches. || - Navigate to All Batches completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Calling cards || UI & Data Verification - Calling Card Batches || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. On the Calling Card Batches page, verify page title ("Calling card batches for all card groups"), total count ("Calling card batches: 1 to 5 of 48"), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected), Filter box, pagination controls (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ..., ›, »), Cards view links, and batch records (e.g., 2021-07-22 13:49:06-1, 2021-07-22 13:49:06-10). || - All expected UI elements for Calling cards render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Calling cards || Pagination Navigation in Batches || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click page numbers 2 through 5 or navigation arrows on the Batches page to verify smooth navigation across all 48 card batches. || - Pagination Navigation in Batches completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Calling cards || Navigate to Individual Cards in a Batch || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Cards link next to any batch record to view individual card PINs and credit balances for that specific batch. || - Navigate to Individual Cards in a Batch completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Calling cards || Navigate to Card Usage Statistics || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Card usage statistics under "Other options:" on either page and verify navigation to Home / Customers / Calling cards / Card usage statistics. || - Navigate to Card Usage Statistics completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Calling cards || Card Usage Statistics UI & Export Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. On the Card Usage Statistics page, verify that table columns (GROUP, BATCH, CARDS USED, CARDS NEVER USED, TOTAL CARDS) render accurately, click Export as .csv. || - A .csv file containing usage statistics downloads successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-16 || Calling cards || Column Sorting Across Modules || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click column headers (NAME, GROUP, BATCH, CARDS USED, TOTAL CARDS) across any table view to confirm records reorder in ascending and descending alphanumeric order. || - Column Sorting Across Modules completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Commerce ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Commerce || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Commerce section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Commerce. || - The page title ("Commerce settings"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Configure invoicing and payment for your customers.") with See more... link, section header ("Invoices"), fields (*Next invoice number:, Fixed prefix on invoice numbers:, PayPal account:), mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.").<br />- Save button are rendered properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Commerce || Default Value Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that Next invoice number: defaults to 219, Fixed prefix on invoice numbers: defaults to 58, and PayPal account: field is initially empty. || - All expected UI elements for Commerce render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Commerce || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to ensure additional details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to verify the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Commerce render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Commerce || Mandatory Field Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear the value in *Next invoice number:, click Save. || - System validation blocks the form submission and displays a mandatory field error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Commerce || Invalid Input Handling - Non-Numeric Invoice Number || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-numeric characters (e.g., abc or special symbols) in the *Next invoice number: field, click Save. || - Validation prevents saving invalid characters. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Commerce || Invalid Input Handling - Invalid Email for PayPal Account || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter an invalid email format (e.g., user@domain or invalid_email) into the PayPal account: input field, click Save. || - Email format validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Commerce || Successful Update - Commerce Settings || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter valid numeric values in *Next invoice number: (e.g., 220) and Fixed prefix on invoice numbers: (e.g., 59), enter a valid email address in PayPal account: (e.g., billing@company.com), click Save. || - A success message is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Commerce || Persistence Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. After saving changes, refresh the page or navigate away and return to Home / Users and account / Commerce to verify that the updated invoice number, prefix, and PayPal account details persist. || - All expected UI elements for Commerce render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Commerce || Next Invoice Number Sequential Generation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. After configuring a next invoice number (e.g., 219), generate a new invoice in the system. || - It uses prefix 58 with number 219 (e.g., 58219).<br />- automatically increments the Next invoice number to 220 in Commerce settings. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Commercial reports ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-02 || Commercial reports || Default Date Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that both Start date: and End date: input fields default to the current system date (09/22/2026). || - All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Commercial reports || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional information expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Commercial reports || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters to ensure the date input controls expand again. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Commercial reports || Date Picker Control Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the calendar icon on Start date: and End date: fields to verify that the date picker widget opens and allows selecting custom valid dates. || - All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Commercial reports || Date Range Logic Validation - End Date Prior to Start Date || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Set Start date: to a date after End date: (e.g., Start date: 09/25/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search. || - System validation prevents form submission with an appropriate date range error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Commercial reports || Invalid Date Input Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-date strings or invalid formats (e.g., 99/99/9999 or abc) into Start date: or End date:, click Search. || - Date format validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Commercial reports || Same-Day Report Generation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Keep both Start date: and End date: set to the same day (09/22/2026), click Search. || - Commercial revenue reports generated for that single day load accurately. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Commercial reports || Date Range Commercial Report Generation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a valid historical date range (e.g., Start date: 09/01/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search. || - Financial tables (showing revenues, pre-paid.<br />- post-paid breakdown) are displayed in the report output. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Commercial reports || Pre-Paid Warning Banner Visibility || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the pre-paid spending disclaimer banner remains persistently visible below the search section during date filter updates and report renders. || - All expected UI elements for Commercial reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Conferences ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Conferences || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Conferences section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Conferences. || - The page title ("Conferences"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Conferences: 1"), description banner ("Conferences allow two or more people to call into the system and talk together.") with See more... link, Filter input field.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Conferences || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers CONFERENCE CODE and DESCRIPTION, along with the record 373827, an unselected checkbox, an empty description, and a favorite star icon. || - All expected UI elements for Conferences render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Conferences || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top banner to ensure additional details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to verify the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Conferences render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Conferences || Create New Conference || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, enter valid conference details (such as conference code, PINs, or moderator settings), save. || - The count updates to 2 and the new conference appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Conferences || Duplicate Conference Code Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a conference using an existing conference code (e.g., 373827). || - Validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Conferences || Conference Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the conference code hyperlink 373827 to verify navigation to its setup page to modify conference parameters, access control, or participant limits. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Conferences list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Conferences || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - The checkbox for 373827 becomes selected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Conferences || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to 373827 to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Conferences || Delete Selected Conference with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select 373827, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The conference room is deleted and the total count updates to 0. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Conferences || Cancel Conference Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select 373827, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - 373827 remains in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Conferences || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type 373 into the Filter box. || - 373827 remains visible in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Conferences || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Conferences || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the CONFERENCE CODE and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records sort in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Customer reports ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Customer reports || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Customer reports section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Customer reports. || - The page title ("Customer reports"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Report on the balance of each customer.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section label ("Show customers matching:"), dropdown fields (Search:, Matching customers:).<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Customer reports || Default Field Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the Search: dropdown defaults to All our customers and the Matching customers: dropdown defaults to All customers. || - All expected UI elements for Customer reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Customer reports || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Customer reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Customer reports || Toggle Filter Visibility || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter controls.<br />2. click Show filters to ensure the filter section expands again properly. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Customer reports || Dropdown Options Verification - Search Filter || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Search: dropdown. || - Available customer scope categories (e.g., "All our customers", specific customer groups, or reseller levels) load and are selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Customer reports || Dropdown Options Verification - Matching Customers Filter || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Matching customers: dropdown. || - Account state filters (e.g., "All customers", "Positive balance", "Negative balance", "Zero balance") load correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Customer reports || Generate Report - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Search button with default selections ("All our customers" / "All customers"). || - A data table listing all customer balances, accounts.<br />- financial statuses renders accurately. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Customer reports || Generate Report - Filtered Customer Balance Query || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Change Matching customers: to a specific criteria (e.g., customers with negative balance), click Search. || - The resulting report filters out non-matching customer accounts. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Customer reports || Empty Results State Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a filter combination that returns no records, click Search. || - An appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No matching customers found") is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Customer reports || Export Customer Balance Report || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Once report results load after clicking Search, click the export control (e.g., Export as .csv). || - The customer balances report downloads successfully in CSV format. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Customer settings ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Customer settings || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Customer settings section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Customer. || - The page title ("Customer settings"), description banner with See more... link, mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.").<br />- Save button are rendered properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Customer settings || Default Field Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that mandatory fields are pre-filled (e.g., *Your customer name: set to "Integrics Test 4.4", *Email address: set to "acunningham@integrics.com"), read-only fields show correct defaults (Your rate plan: Your own rate plan, Balance: $0.00, Paid until: 2026-09-30 05:00:00pm), toggles show correct default states (Include in directory: ON, Email when balance drops below threshold: ON, Accept customer tickets: ON, Automatically log out virtual telephones nightly: OFF, Locked (telephony): OFF), and standard settings load their default dropdown values (Invoice currency: U.S.<br />2. Dollars, Time zone: 00:00 UTC, Default dial plan: United States of America, Format for received faxes: PDF, Parking timeout: 4 minutes, Country: Albania). || - All expected UI elements for Customer settings render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Customer settings || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify that full context text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the top right to close the banner. || - All expected UI elements for Customer settings render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Customer settings || Mandatory Field Validation - Customer Name || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear the *Your customer name: field, click Save. || - Validation blocks the save operation with an error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Customer settings || Mandatory Field Validation - Email Address || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear the *Email address: field under Billing address, click Save. || - Validation prevents form submission. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Customer settings || Invalid Email Format Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter invalid email formats in *Email address: (e.g., user@domain or missing @), click Save. || - Email format validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Customer settings || Multiple Email Addresses in Billing Email || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter space-separated email addresses in *Email address: (e.g., acunningham@integrics.com billing@integrics.com) as specified by the field note, click Save. || - Both addresses are saved without error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Customer settings || Numeric Input Validation - Threshold || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Toggle Email when balance drops below threshold: to ON, enter non-numeric values or negative numbers into Threshold ($):, click Save. || - Validation restricts invalid numerical inputs. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Customer settings || IP Address Format Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter invalid IP address strings (e.g., 999.999.999.999 or abc.def) in Default only allow from source IP address(es):, click Save. || - Valid IP/CIDR syntax is enforced. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Customer settings || URL Field Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter an invalid URL format in Send events to URL:, click Save. || - URL validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Customer settings || Toggle Controls Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Toggle setting switches (e.g., Include in directory, Automatically log out virtual telephones nightly, Locked (telephony), Accept customer tickets) ON and OFF, click Save. || - State changes are saved properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Customer settings || Dropdown Options Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Change select fields (Time zone, Default dial plan, Default music, Dial by name order, Format for received faxes, Parking timeout, When exceeding maximum calls, When a call fails, Country), click Save. || - Selected values save successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Customer settings || Successful Form Save & Data Persistence || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Modify valid fields across Account Settings and Billing Address, click Save, confirm the success notification, and reload the page to ensure all updated values persist accurately. || - Successful Form Save & Data Persistence completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Customers ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Customers || UI Verification - Main Page || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Customers section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Customers. || - The page title ("Customers"), breadcrumb navigation, total customer count ("Customers: 1 to 5 of 14"), description banner ("The customer is the basic entity within the system...") with See more... link, search filter controls (Hide filters toggle, Name contains: input, Update button), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Export customers, Import customers, New), table column headers (CUSTOMER NAME, DESCRIPTION, ACCOUNT, ACTIONS), pagination controls (1, 2, 3, ›, » (3)).<br />- "Other options:" section containing the "Deleted customers" link are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Customers || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table lists 5 customer records (Alex Balashov, David Cunningham test, David Customer 2, dretest, duc test customer) along with their respective account numbers (36011095, 88412402, 21070352, 24892326, 41648372), empty descriptions, checkboxes, favorite star/folder icons, and action links (Switch, Increase balance). || - All expected UI elements for Customers render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Customers || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Customers render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Customers || Filter / Search Functionality || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a search string (e.g., David or Alex) into Name contains:, click Update. || - The table dynamically filters to display only matching customer records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Customers || Filter Reset / Clear Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear the Name contains: input field, click Update. || - All 14 customers become accessible again across pagination. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Customers || Toggle Filter Visibility || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to ensure the search filter controls collapse.<br />2. click Show filters to verify the filter panel expands. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Customers || Pagination Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click page numbers 2, 3, next (›), or last (» (3)) arrows to verify navigation across all 14 customer records. || - Pagination Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Customers || Create New Customer || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, enter valid customer details, save. || - The total customer count updates to 15 and the new customer appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Customers || Customer Detail Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any customer name hyperlink (e.g., Alex Balashov) to verify navigation to that specific customer's profile and management page. || - Customer Detail Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Customers || Switch Customer Session || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Switch link next to a customer record (e.g., Switch next to duc test customer). || - The administrator switches context/impersonates that customer's portal view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Customers || Increase Balance Action || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Increase balance next to a customer record. || - It opens the payment or credit adjustment modal/page to adjust the customer's account balance. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Customers || Export Customers List || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Export customers. || - A data file containing customer account details downloads successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Customers || Import Customers Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Import customers and verify navigation to the bulk customer import interface. || - The file is generated/processed successfully in the expected format.<br />- Data in the file accurately reflects the current records.<br />- The user receives confirmation that the action completed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Customers || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all listed customers on the current page become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Customers || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., dretest) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-16 || Customers || Delete Selected Customer with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more customers (e.g., dretest), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The selected customer is moved to the deleted customers archive and total count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-17 || Customers || Cancel Customer Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a customer, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The record remains intact in the main customer list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-18 || Customers || Deleted Customers Archive Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Deleted customers under "Other options:" and verify navigation to the archived/deleted customer logs page. || - The selected record is removed successfully from the Customers list.<br />- A confirmation prompt is shown before deletion.<br />- The system updates counts/records accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-19 || Customers || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the CUSTOMER NAME, DESCRIPTION, and ACCOUNT column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Files ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Files || UI Verification - Empty State || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Files section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Files. || - The page title ("Files"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Store files such as logos without needing an additional web server.") with See more... link, empty state message ("You have no files.").<br />- the New button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Files || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional information expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Files render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Files || Upload Valid File || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, choose a valid file (e.g., logo or document within allowed size limits), save/upload. || - The file uploads successfully, the "You have no files." message disappears.<br />- the file appears in a newly generated data table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Files || Upload Unsupported File Format || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to upload an unsupported file extension (e.g., .exe or .bat). || - System validation blocks the upload with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Files || Upload File Exceeding Size Limit || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to upload a file that exceeds the maximum permitted file size. || - System validation prevents the upload and shows a size-limit error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Files || Duplicate File Name Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Upload a file, click New again, attempt to upload another file with the exact same name, and verify whether the system renames it, prompts for overwrite, or shows a duplicate error. || - The system detects the invalid/duplicate input.<br />- An appropriate, clear validation or error message is displayed.<br />- The invalid action is prevented and no data is corrupted. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Files || File Download & Access || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Once a file is uploaded, click its name or download link to verify that the stored file can be retrieved and downloaded correctly. || - The file is generated/processed successfully in the expected format.<br />- Data in the file accurately reflects the current records.<br />- The user receives confirmation that the action completed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Files || UI State Transition After Upload || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that uploading the first file dynamically renders table controls (e.g., column headers, Select all, Delete selected, and Filter fields) previously hidden during the empty state. || - All expected UI elements for Files render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Files || Delete Uploaded File || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select an uploaded file, click the newly enabled Delete selected button, confirm the deletion prompt. || - The file is deleted and the interface returns to the "You have no files." state if no files remain. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Hunt groups ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Hunt groups || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Hunt groups section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Hunt groups. || - The page title ("Hunt groups"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Hunt groups: 3"), description banner ("Hunt groups allow more than one destination to ring at once.") with See more... link, Filter input box.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Hunt groups || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DETAILS, along with the 3 hunt group records (Marin huntgroup, test 1, Test edit link) and their respective details (test for Marin huntgroup, empty for test 1 and Test edit link), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Hunt groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Hunt groups || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Hunt groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Hunt groups || Create New Hunt Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, fill in valid hunt group configuration details (such as ringing order, strategy, and member destinations), save. || - The count updates to 4 and the new group appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Hunt groups || Duplicate Hunt Group Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a hunt group using an existing name (e.g., Marin huntgroup). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Hunt groups || Hunt Group Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any hunt group hyperlink (e.g., Test edit link) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying extension assignments, ring timeout, or fallback actions. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Hunt groups list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Hunt groups || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 3 hunt groups (Marin huntgroup, test 1, Test edit link) become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Hunt groups || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test 1) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Hunt groups || Delete Selected Hunt Group with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more hunt groups (e.g., test 1), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The group is deleted and the total count updates accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Hunt groups || Cancel Hunt Group Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a hunt group, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The selected group remains in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Hunt groups || Filter Matching Record by Name or Detail || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type Marin or test into the Filter box. || - Matching records (e.g., Marin huntgroup) remain visible in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Hunt groups || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Hunt groups || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DETAILS column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Import users and features ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Import users and features || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Import users and features section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Import users. || - The page title ("Import users and features"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Import many users with commonly used features at once.") with See more... link, section header ("Settings:"), input fields (*.csv file to import:, Purchase numbers as needed: toggle), mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.").<br />- Next button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Import users and features || Default Field State Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the Purchase numbers as needed: toggle defaults to ON and the file input field is empty. || - All expected UI elements for Import users and features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Import users and features || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional information expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Import users and features render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Import users and features || Mandatory File Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Leave *.csv file to import: empty, click Next. || - Form submission is blocked with an error message indicating that a CSV file is required. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Import users and features || Invalid File Format Upload || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Upload a non-CSV file format (e.g., .txt, .xlsx, .pdf, .png), click Next. || - The system rejects the file with an invalid format error. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Import users and features || Malformed / Corrupted CSV Upload || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Upload a CSV file with incorrect column headers, missing required fields, or invalid syntax, click Next. || - The file parsing stage highlights specific row/field validation errors. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Import users and features || Import with Purchase Numbers Enabled || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Upload a valid CSV containing user records requiring new numbers, leave Purchase numbers as needed: toggled ON, click Next. || - Missing numbers are automatically purchased during user creation. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Import users and features || Import with Purchase Numbers Disabled || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Upload a CSV requiring new numbers with Purchase numbers as needed: toggled OFF, click Next. || - The import alerts the user or halts when available numbers are exhausted. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Import users and features || Successful Bulk Import Execution || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Upload a properly formatted .csv file, click Next, proceed through the import confirmation step. || - All users, telephone lines.<br />- associated features listed in the file are successfully created. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Invoices ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Invoices || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Invoices section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Invoices. || - The page title ("Invoices for Integrics Test 4.4"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Show invoices for customers.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter sections ("Show invoices matching:", "Sort:"), filter inputs (Customer:, Status:, Start date:, Start time:, End date:, End time:, Sort by:, Direction:), Search button.<br />- "Other actions:" section containing the "Send invoices to customers" link are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Invoices || Default Field Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the filter controls load with correct default states: Customer: set to "Integrics Test 4.4", Status: set to "Any", Start date: set to current date (09/22/2026), Start time: set to 00:00:00, End date: set to current date (09/22/2026), End time: set to 23:59:59, Sort by: set to "Customer name", and Direction: set to "Ascending". || - All expected UI elements for Invoices render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Invoices || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Invoices render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Invoices || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters to ensure the filter section expands again properly. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Invoices || Customer & Status Dropdown Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Customer: and Status: dropdowns to verify that available customer options and invoice statuses (e.g., Any, Paid, Unpaid, Overdue) load and are selectable. || - Customer & Status Dropdown Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Invoices || Time Picker Stepper Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the + and - stepper buttons on Start time: and End time: fields to verify that hour, minute, and second values increment and decrement accurately. || - Time Picker Stepper Controls completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Invoices || Date Range & Time Validation - End Before Start || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Configure an End date: and End time: combination that is chronologically prior to the Start date: and Start time:, click Search. || - System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date/time range error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Invoices || Generate Invoices Report - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using default filter parameters. || - Matching invoices generated within the specified timeframe render accurately in the results table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Invoices || Sorting Filter Execution || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Modify Sort by: (e.g., to Invoice date, Number, or Total amount) and Direction: (e.g., to Descending), click Search. || - Returned invoice records reorder accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Invoices || No Invoices Found Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a date/time range or status filter with no matching records, click Search. || - An empty state message (e.g., "No invoices found") is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Invoices || Send Invoices to Customers Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click "Send invoices to customers" under "Other actions:" and verify navigation to the automated email/batch invoice dispatch utility. || - Send Invoices to Customers Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Page groups ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Page groups || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Page groups section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Page groups. || - The page title ("Page groups"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Page groups: 2"), description banner ("Page groups allow more than one destination to be called at once.<br />- All that answer are put into a conference.") with See more... link, Filter input box.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Page groups || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 2 page group records (test 1, test Page group) and their respective descriptions (test for test 1, empty for test Page group), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Page groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Page groups || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Page groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Page groups || Create New Page Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, fill in valid page group configuration details (such as extension, timeout, and target destinations/extensions), save. || - The count updates to 3 and the new group appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Page groups || Duplicate Page Group Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a page group using an existing name (e.g., test 1). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Page groups || Page Group Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any page group hyperlink (e.g., test Page group) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying group extensions or target endpoints. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Page groups list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Page groups || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for both page groups (test 1, test Page group) become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Page groups || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test 1) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Page groups || Delete Selected Page Group with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more page groups (e.g., test 1), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The group is deleted and the total count updates to 1. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Page groups || Cancel Page Group Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a page group, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The selected group remains in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Page groups || Filter Matching Record by Name or Description || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type Page group or test into the Filter box. || - Matching records (e.g., test Page group) remain visible in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Page groups || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Page groups || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Payment ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Payment || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Payment section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Payment. || - The page title ("Payment settings"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Configure your method of payment to keep your account active.") with See more... link, section header ("Credit card details:"), card input fields (Credit card type, Name on credit card:, Credit card number:, card logo icon, CCV, Card expires: month and year dropdowns), trash/delete icon button, Save button.<br />- mandatory indicator note ("Fields marked with an asterisk are mandatory.") are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Payment || Default Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that existing card details populate accurately (Credit card type set to "Visa", Name on credit card: set to "Susan Summer", masked Credit card number: showing "XXXX XXXX XXXX 84884", and Card expires: dropdowns set to "01" and "2030"). || - All expected UI elements for Payment render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Payment || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the description banner to verify context text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the top right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Payment render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Payment || Mandatory Field Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear Name on credit card: or Credit card number:, click Save. || - System validation blocks form submission with an error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Payment || Invalid Card Number Handling - Luhn Algorithm & Length || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter an invalid credit card number sequence (e.g., non-numeric characters, too few digits, or a number failing the Luhn check) into Credit card number:, click Save. || - Validation catches the invalid card number. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Payment || Invalid CCV / CVV Format || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-numeric values, symbols, or incorrect length formats (e.g., 12 or abcd) into the CCV field, click Save. || - CVV format validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Payment || Expired Card Date Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a past expiration month/year combination in Card expires:, click Save. || - System validation prevents saving an expired card. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Payment || Card Type Auto-Detection / Dropdown Alignment || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select different credit card types (e.g., Mastercard, American Express, Discover) from Credit card type or enter corresponding card numbers. || - The card icon dynamically updates to match the selected type. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Payment || Successful Card Update & Masking Persistence || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter valid updated credit card details, CVV, and expiration date, click Save. || - A success notification is shown, with the card number masked appropriately upon page refresh. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Payment || Delete Payment Method with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the red trash/delete icon button, confirm the deletion prompt. || - The saved credit card details are removed from the account. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Payment || Cancel Payment Method Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the red trash/delete icon button, click Cancel on the confirmation modal. || - The card details remain intact. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Pickup groups ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Pickup groups || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Pickup groups section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Pickup groups and verify header ("Pickup groups: 1"), description text with See more... link, Filter input box, and action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are rendered correctly. || - All expected UI elements for Pickup groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Pickup groups || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays group test 1 with an unselected checkbox, an empty description column, and a favorite star icon. || - All expected UI elements for Pickup groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Pickup groups || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify text expansion.<br />2. click the X icon to ensure the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Pickup groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Pickup groups || Create New Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, fill in valid pickup group details, save, and confirm that the list updates, the group count increments to 2, and the new item appears. || - The new record is created successfully and saved without errors.<br />- It immediately appears in the Pickup groups list/table with the correct details.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Pickup groups || Duplicate Group Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a pickup group with the existing name test 1. || - Validation prevents duplicate creation. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Pickup groups || Group Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the hyperlink test 1. || - The system navigates to the group edit page for managing assigned extension/telephone lines. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Pickup groups || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all and verify all row checkboxes (including test 1) become checked. || - Bulk Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Pickup groups || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to test 1 to ensure it toggles correctly and enables the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Pickup groups || Delete Group with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select test 1, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt, and verify the group is deleted and count updates to 0. || - The selected record is removed successfully from the Pickup groups list.<br />- A confirmation prompt is shown before deletion.<br />- The system updates counts/records accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Pickup groups || Cancel Group Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select test 1, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation pop-up, and verify test 1 remains in the table. || - Cancel Group Deletion completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Pickup groups || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type test into the Filter box and verify test 1 remains visible in the list. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Pickup groups || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - Test 1 is hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Pickup groups || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column headers to verify list items sort in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Products ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Products || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Products section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Products. || - The page title ("Products"), breadcrumb navigation, total product count ("Products: 4"), description banner ("Define products or services for your customers to purchase.") with See more... link, Filter input box.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Products || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 4 product records (marin product 2, marin product 3, test, test product marin) and their respective descriptions (empty for marin product 2 and marin product 3, test for test, and delete for test product marin), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Products render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Products || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Products render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Products || Create New Product || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, fill in valid product/service details (such as pricing, billing frequency, and product name), save. || - The total count updates to 5 and the new product appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Products || Duplicate Product Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a product using an existing name (e.g., marin product 2). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Products || Product Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any product name hyperlink (e.g., test product marin) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying pricing, features, or billing rules. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Products list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Products || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 4 products (marin product 2, marin product 3, test, test product marin) become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Products || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Products || Delete Selected Product with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more products (e.g., test product marin), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The product is deleted and the count updates to 3. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Products || Cancel Product Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a product, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The product remains in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Products || Filter Matching Record by Name or Description || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type marin or delete into the Filter box. || - Matching records (e.g., marin product 2, marin product 3, test product marin) remain visible in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Products || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Products || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that product records reorder in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Queues ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Queues || UI Verification - Main Page || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Queues section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Queues. || - The page title ("Queues"), total count ("Queues: 3"), description banner ("Queues allow more callers than available destinations.<br />- callers hear music until a destination is available.") with See more... link, Filter field, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New).<br />- "Other options:" section containing "Holding calls on all queues" link are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Queues || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table lists all 3 queue records (duc test, TEST 34, Zubair's Test Queue) along with their respective descriptions (empty for duc test and TEST 34, Zubair's Test Queue for Zubair's Test Queue), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Queues render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Queues || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional text expands.<br />2. click the X icon to ensure the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Queues render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Queues || Create New Queue || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, enter valid queue configuration details (e.g., ring strategy, music on hold, max hold time), save. || - The queue count updates to 4 and the new entry appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Queues || Duplicate Queue Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a queue using an existing name (e.g., duc test). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Queues || Queue Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any queue name hyperlink (e.g., Zubair's Test Queue) to verify navigation to its configuration page for managing agents, call distribution, or announcements. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Queues list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Queues || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - All checkboxes for the listed queues (duc test, TEST 34, Zubair's Test Queue) become selected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Queues || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., TEST 34) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Queues || Delete Selected Queue with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more queues (e.g., duc test), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The queue is removed and the total count updates accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Queues || Cancel Queue Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a queue, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The queue remains in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Queues || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type Zubair into the Filter box. || - Only Zubair's Test Queue remains visible. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Queues || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Queues || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that queue records sort in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Queues || Holding Calls Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Holding calls on all queues link under "Other options:" and verify navigation to Home / Features and tools / Queues / Holding calls. || - Holding Calls Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Queues || Holding Calls UI & Filters || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. On the Holding Calls page, click Show filters and verify options for Sort by (defaulting to "Hold time"), Direction (defaulting to "Ascending"), Refresh every slider (1 to 300 seconds), Update button, and "No calls found." state when no callers are on hold. || - All expected UI elements for Queues render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-16 || Queues || Holding Calls Auto-Refresh & Update || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Adjust the Refresh every slider or dropdown criteria and click Update to verify that the table refreshes and accurately displays real-time holding calls across all queues. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Queues list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Rate plans ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Rate plans || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Rate plans section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Rate plans. || - The page title ("Rate plans"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Rate plans define which features are available to customers and how much these features cost.") with See more... link, search filter controls (Hide filters toggle, Name contains: input, Update button), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New), table column headers (NAME, DESCRIPTION).<br />- active page indicator (1) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Rate plans || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table lists all 5 rate plan records (David Cunningham test, duc test rateplan charge, Frane test, Marin test copy plan, RatePlan7536) along with their respective descriptions (empty for the first three, For ticket #7536 for Marin test copy plan and RatePlan7536), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Rate plans render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Rate plans || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Rate plans render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Rate plans || Filter / Search Functionality || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a search string (e.g., 7536 or Frane) into Name contains:, click Update. || - The table dynamically filters to display only matching rate plan records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Rate plans || Filter Reset / Clear Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear the Name contains: input field, click Update. || - All rate plans reappear in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Rate plans || Toggle Filter Visibility || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters to confirm it expands again. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Rate plans || Create New Rate Plan || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, enter valid rate plan details (e.g., plan name, feature costs, pricing rates), save. || - The new rate plan appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Rate plans || Duplicate Rate Plan Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a rate plan with an existing name (e.g., Frane test). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Rate plans || Rate Plan Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any rate plan name hyperlink (e.g., David Cunningham test) to verify navigation to its configuration page for modifying rates and assigned features. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Rate plans list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Rate plans || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 5 listed rate plans become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Rate plans || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., duc test rateplan charge) to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Rate plans || Delete Selected Rate Plan with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more rate plans (e.g., RatePlan7536), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The selected rate plan is deleted from the system. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Rate plans || Cancel Rate Plan Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a rate plan, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The record remains intact in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Rate plans || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows to verify that records reorder in ascending and descending alphanumeric order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Requests ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Requests || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Requests section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Requests. || - The page title ("Requests"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Requests: 1 to 5 of 10"), description banner ("Customers can send you requests, which you can review and approve or reject.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected), table column headers (NAME, DETAILS), pagination controls («, ‹, 1, 2, ›, »).<br />- action links (Approve, Reject) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Requests || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table lists 5 request records for customer Rodolfo Castellanos along with their respective transaction details (Take payment, $13.00(New) and four rows of Take payment, $10.00(New)), unselected checkboxes, and action links (Approve {{!}} Reject). || - All expected UI elements for Requests render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Requests || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Requests render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Requests || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section.<br />2. click Show filters to ensure the search panel expands properly. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Requests || Pagination Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click page number 2 or the next page arrow (›) to verify navigation to records 6 through 10.<br />2. click page 1 or previous arrow (‹) to return. || - Pagination Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Requests || Approve Customer Request || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Approve link next to a request (e.g., Take payment, $13.00(New)), confirm approval if prompted. || - The payment process triggers, the request status updates.<br />- total requests count decreases to 9. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Requests || Reject Customer Request || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Reject link next to a request (e.g., Take payment, $10.00(New)), enter a rejection reason if prompted. || - The request is declined and removed from active requests. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Requests || Request Detail/Customer Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the customer name hyperlink Rodolfo Castellanos to verify navigation to that specific customer's account profile. || - Request Detail/Customer Navigation completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Requests || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 5 requests on the current page become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Requests || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific request row to ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Requests || Delete Selected Requests with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more requests, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The selected requests are permanently removed and total count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Requests || Cancel Request Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a request, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation modal. || - The request remains in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Requests || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DETAILS column header sort arrows to verify that request records reorder in ascending and descending order. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Search ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Search || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Search section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Search. || - The page title ("Search"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Search for features in your customer and sub-customers recursively.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section header ("Search criteria:"), input dropdowns (Search for:, Match:), input text box (Name or number:).<br />- Update button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Search || Default Field Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that Search for: defaults to Customers: By name, Match: defaults to Exact, and Name or number: field is initially empty. || - All expected UI elements for Search render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Search || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Search render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Search || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters to verify the search inputs expand again. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Search || Dropdown Options Verification - Search For || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Search for: dropdown. || - All available entity search categories (e.g., Customers by name, Customers by number, Features, Telephones, Users) are listed and selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Search || Dropdown Options Verification - Match Type || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Match: dropdown. || - Matching strategies (e.g., Exact, Contains, Begins with, Ends with) load properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Search || Exact Match Search - Valid Entity || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select Exact in Match:, enter an exact existing customer name or number in Name or number:, click Update. || - The precise matching record is returned in the search results table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Search || Partial / Contains Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select Contains or partial match mode in Match:, enter a partial string (e.g., test) in Name or number:, click Update. || - All recursive customer/sub-customer records containing that string are listed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Search || Non-Matching Search Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a non-existent search term (e.g., xyz999) in Name or number:, click Update. || - An empty state message (e.g., "No results found") is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Search || Empty Search Submission || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Leave Name or number: blank, click Update, and verify whether the system returns all recursive items or displays a validation prompt requesting search input. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Sounds ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Sounds || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Sounds section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Sounds. || - The page title ("Sounds"), total count ("Sounds: 1 to 5 of 17"), description banner with See more..., Filter input box, action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New), pagination controls («, ‹, 1, 2, 3, 4, ›, »).<br />- the "Other options:" section containing "Call to record" are rendered correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Sounds || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays 5 sound records (11, 12, 3, 33, 4) with individual checkboxes, empty description columns, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Sounds render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Sounds || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top banner to ensure text expands to show full details on sound files.<br />2. click the X icon to close the banner. || - All expected UI elements for Sounds render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Sounds || Pagination Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click page numbers 2, 3, or 4, as well as next (›) / last (») arrows, to verify navigation between the total 17 items works and displays the remaining sounds. || - Pagination Controls completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Sounds || Create New Sound || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, upload/record a valid audio file, save. || - The total count updates from 17 to 18 and the sound appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Sounds || Duplicate Sound Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create or upload a sound with an existing name (e.g., 11). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Sounds || Sound Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any sound name hyperlink (e.g., 11) to verify navigation to the sound management page for playback, editing, or re-recording. || - The record is updated successfully with the new values.<br />- Changes are saved and reflected immediately in the Sounds list/details view.<br />- A success confirmation is shown to the user. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Sounds || Call to Record Option || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Call to record under "Other options:". || - It opens the interface or triggers a prompt to initiate a phone call for recording a sound file. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Sounds || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - All checkboxes on the current page (11, 12, 3, 33, 4) become checked. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Sounds || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a specific checkbox (e.g., next to 11) and ensure it toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. || - Individual Selection completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Sounds || Delete Selected Sounds with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more sound items, click Delete selected, confirm the dialog. || - The selected records are removed and the count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Sounds || Cancel Sound Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a sound, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog, and verify the record remains in the table. || - Cancel Sound Deletion completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Sounds || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type 3 into the Filter box and verify the list dynamically updates to show matching items (e.g., 3, 33). || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Sounds || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - No sound records are displayed and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Sounds || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME or DESCRIPTION column header arrows to verify the 17 items sort in ascending and descending alphanumeric order across pagination. || - Column Sorting completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Support ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Support || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Support section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Support. || - The page title ("Support"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Allow your customers to contact you using a support ticket system.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter dropdowns (Customer:, Status:), input text box (Containing text:), sorting controls (Sort by:, Direction:).<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Support || Default Field State Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that Customer: defaults to All our customers, Status: defaults to Requiring my attention, Containing text: field is initially empty, Sort by: defaults to Created, and Direction: defaults to Ascending. || - All expected UI elements for Support render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Support || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context text expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right to confirm the banner closes. || - All expected UI elements for Support render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Support || Toggle Filter Visibility || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters to ensure the filter and sort inputs expand again. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Support || Customer Filter Dropdown Options || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Customer: dropdown. || - It lists "All our customers" along with individual customer names for specific ticket filtering. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Support || Status Filter Dropdown Options || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Status: dropdown. || - Ticket statuses (e.g., Requiring my attention, Open, Closed, Pending) are selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Support || Text Search Matching || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a specific subject or description keyword into Containing text:, click Search. || - Only support tickets containing that keyword are displayed in the results. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Support || Sorting Controls Execution || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Change Sort by: (e.g., to Updated or Priority) and Direction: (e.g., to Descending), click Search. || - The returned ticket list reorders accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Support || Filter Reset & Default Search Execution || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search with default parameters to verify that all tickets requiring attention across all customers load correctly in ascending order of creation date. || - The results update to match the specified search/filter criteria.<br />- Only relevant matching records are displayed, and the result count is accurate. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Support || No Results Found Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a non-existent string in Containing text:, click Search. || - An empty state message (e.g., "No tickets found") is displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Bulk dialer ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_BC_01 || Bulk dialer || Page Layout & Breadcrumbs || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Observe breadcrumb path (Home / Features and tools / Bulk dialer). 2.<br />3. Check heading, counter, buttons, search input, and table. || - All elements render correctly, displaying the correct breadcrumbs and record counter (Bulk campaigns: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_02 || Bulk dialer || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools in the breadcrumbs. || - Navigates to the chosen parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_03 || Bulk dialer || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... in the info banner text. || - Expands detailed information explaining bulk dialer campaigns. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_04 || Bulk dialer || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top-right of the info banner. || - Info banner is dismissed/hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_05 || Bulk dialer || Quick Filter Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type campaign in the Filter box. || - Dynamically updates table rows to show only test campaign. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_06 || Bulk dialer || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to show all records (Bulk campaigns: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_07 || Bulk dialer || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - All row checkboxes next to campaign names are checked. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_08 || Bulk dialer || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - Prompt/warning appears requiring at least one row to be selected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_09 || Bulk dialer || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: At least 1 row checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select a campaign checkbox (e.g., test 1). 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected campaign and updates campaign counter (Bulk campaigns: 1). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_10 || Bulk dialer || Create New Campaign || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On Bulk campaigns page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the campaign creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_11 || Bulk dialer || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click CAMPAIGN NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Sorts the table list in ascending/descending order based on the column clicked. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_12 || Bulk dialer || Navigate to Campaign Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on a campaign name link (e.g., test 1 or test campaign). || - Navigates to the edit/view page for that specific campaign. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_13 || Bulk dialer || Navigate to Destinations || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the Destinations link next to a campaign row. || - Navigates to the destinations management page for that campaign. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_14 || Bulk dialer || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a campaign. || - Toggles star highlight to mark or unmark the campaign as favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_BC_15 || Bulk dialer || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert(1)</script> into Filter input. || - Input is sanitized safely without causing crashes or executing script code. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Call recording ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_RG_01 || Call recording || Page Layout & Breadcrumbs || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Observe breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Call recording). 2.<br />3. Verify heading, total count, action buttons, filter input, table headers, and footer. || - Elements render correctly, displaying breadcrumbs, total record count (Record groups: 5).<br />- system footer (Powered by Enswitch 4.5). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_02 || Call recording || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in breadcrumbs. || - Navigates to the chosen parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_03 || Call recording || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... in the info banner text. || - Expands detailed documentation explaining call recording in real-time and .wav file downloads. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_04 || Call recording || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top-right of the info banner. || - Info banner is dismissed/hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_05 || Call recording || Quick Filter Search (By Name) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type Vlasis in the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to show only Vlasis test group and Vlasis test group 2. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_06 || Call recording || Quick Filter Search (By Description) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type qe in the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to show only numan test. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_07 || Call recording || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to display all records (Record groups: 5). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_08 || Call recording || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all 5 row checkboxes in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_09 || Call recording || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - Displays a prompt/toast requiring at least one record to be selected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_10 || Call recording || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row(s) selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select checkbox for Frane test. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm deletion in popup modal. || - Deletes selected group and updates record count (Record groups: 4). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_11 || Call recording || Create New Record Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the record group creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_12 || Call recording || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Toggles sorting between ascending and descending order based on the selected column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_13 || Call recording || Navigate to Group Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click a record group name link (e.g., test record group). || - Navigates to the edit/view details page for that record group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_14 || Call recording || Navigate to Recordings || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the Recordings link next to any group row. || - Navigates to the audio recordings list associated with that specific group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_15 || Call recording || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a record group row. || - Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the group as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_RG_16 || Call recording || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert(1)</script> into Filter input box. || - System sanitizes input safely without executing scripts or throwing errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Caller-id groups ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_CG_01 || Caller-id groups || Page Layout & Components || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Callerid groups). 2.<br />3. Check main heading, counter, action buttons, search filter input, table headers, and footer. || - All elements render correctly, showing breadcrumb path, total record count (Callerid groups: 2), buttons, table headers.<br />- system footer (Powered by Enswitch 4.5). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_02 || Caller-id groups || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path. || - Navigates to the corresponding parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_03 || Caller-id groups || Quick Filter Search (Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type Test1 into the Filter box. || - Dynamically updates table rows to show only Test1. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_04 || Caller-id groups || Quick Filter Search (No Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type NonExistentGroup into the Filter box. || - Displays empty state message (e.g., "No callerid groups found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_05 || Caller-id groups || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to display all records (Callerid groups: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_06 || Caller-id groups || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Selects/checks all checkboxes next to the caller ID group records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_07 || Caller-id groups || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without checking any rows. || - System displays a warning toast/prompt requiring at least one item selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_08 || Caller-id groups || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select the checkbox for Test1. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected caller ID group and updates record counter (Callerid groups: 1). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_09 || Caller-id groups || Create New Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the caller ID group creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_10 || Caller-id groups || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click CALLERIDGROUP NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Sorts the list in ascending or descending order by the clicked column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_11 || Caller-id groups || Navigate to Group Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on a group link (e.g., Test1 or Test2). || - Navigates to the edit/view details page for that caller ID group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_12 || Caller-id groups || Navigate to Callers || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Callers link next to a group row. || - Navigates to the list of callers assigned to that specific group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_13 || Caller-id groups || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a group row. || - Toggles the star highlight to mark or unmark the group as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_14 || Caller-id groups || Document Icon Action || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the document icon next to Test1. || - Displays associated document/details or logs for that caller ID group. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CG_15 || Caller-id groups || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('test')</script> into the Filter input box. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing system errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Classes of service ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_CS_01 || Classes of service || Page Layout & Components || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Classes of service). 2.<br />3. Check heading, record counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers. || - All UI elements render correctly, displaying the correct breadcrumb path and record counter (Classes of service: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_02 || Classes of service || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path. || - Navigates to the corresponding parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_03 || Classes of service || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... link in the top info banner. || - Expands detailed documentation explaining how Classes of Service control allowed numbers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_04 || Classes of service || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner. || - Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_05 || Classes of service || Quick Filter Search (Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type marin into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only test class marin. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_06 || Classes of service || Quick Filter Search (No Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type NonExistentClass into the Filter box. || - Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No classes of service found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_07 || Classes of service || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear all text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to show all records (Classes of service: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_08 || Classes of service || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all row checkboxes in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_09 || Classes of service || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - System displays a warning toast/prompt requiring at least one item selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_10 || Classes of service || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select the checkbox for test. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected class of service record and updates record counter (Classes of service: 1). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_11 || Classes of service || Create New Class of Service || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the Class of Service creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_12 || Classes of service || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_13 || Classes of service || Navigate to Class Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on a class name link (e.g., test or test class marin). || - Navigates to the view/edit details page for that class of service. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_14 || Classes of service || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a class row. || - Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the class of service as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_CS_15 || Classes of service || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== IVR menus ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_IVR_01 || IVR menus || Page Layout & Components || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / IVR menus). 2.<br />3. Check heading, record counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers. || - All UI elements render correctly, displaying the breadcrumb path and record counter (IVR menus: 4). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_02 || IVR menus || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path. || - Navigates to the corresponding parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_03 || IVR menus || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... link in the top info banner. || - Expands detailed documentation explaining IVR menus and option presentation to callers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_04 || IVR menus || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner. || - Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_05 || IVR menus || Quick Filter Search (By Name) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type Zee into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only Zee Test IVR. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_06 || IVR menus || Quick Filter Search (By Description) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type testing into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only rows matching the description (Zee Test IVR). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_07 || IVR menus || Quick Filter Search (No Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type NonExistentIVR into the Filter box. || - Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No IVR menus found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_08 || IVR menus || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear all text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to show all records (IVR menus: 4). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_09 || IVR menus || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all 4 row checkboxes in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_10 || IVR menus || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_11 || IVR menus || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select the checkbox for test ivr. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected IVR menu and updates record counter (IVR menus: 3). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_12 || IVR menus || Create New IVR Menu || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the IVR menu creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_13 || IVR menus || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_14 || IVR menus || Navigate to IVR Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on an IVR menu name link (e.g., test ivr, test12, test5, or Zee Test IVR). || - Navigates to the view/edit details page for that specific IVR menu. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_15 || IVR menus || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to an IVR menu row. || - Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the IVR menu as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_IVR_16 || IVR menus || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Mailboxes ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_MB_01 || Mailboxes || Page Layout & Components || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Mailboxes). 2.<br />3. Check heading, counter, action buttons, filter box, table headers, pagination controls, hide totals link, and footer. || - All UI elements render correctly, displaying the breadcrumb path, total count (Mailboxes: 1 to 5 of 6), pagination, totals toggle.<br />- system footer (Powered by Enswitch 4.5). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_02 || Mailboxes || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumbs. || - Navigates to the corresponding parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_03 || Mailboxes || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... in the top info banner. || - Expands detailed documentation explaining mailbox functionality for voicemail and fax messages. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_04 || Mailboxes || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner. || - Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_05 || Mailboxes || Quick Filter Search (By Mailbox) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type 100 or 2506754 into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only the matching mailbox row. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_06 || Mailboxes || Quick Filter Search (By Description) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type Zee Test A into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only the row matching the description (2506754). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_07 || Mailboxes || Quick Filter Search (No Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type 999999 into the Filter box. || - Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No mailboxes found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_08 || Mailboxes || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear all text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to show all records for the current page (Mailboxes: 1 to 5 of 6). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_09 || Mailboxes || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all 5 row checkboxes on the active page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_10 || Mailboxes || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_11 || Mailboxes || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select the checkbox for mailbox 100. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected mailbox and updates record counter (Mailboxes: 1 to 5 of 5). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_12 || Mailboxes || Create New Mailbox || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the mailbox creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_13 || Mailboxes || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click MAILBOX, DESCRIPTION, NEW, TOTAL, or SIZE column titles. || - Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_14 || Mailboxes || Navigate to Mailbox Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on a mailbox link (e.g., 100, 102, 22, 234, or 2506754). || - Navigates to the view/edit details page for that specific mailbox. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_15 || Mailboxes || Pagination Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: > 5 records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click page number 2 or next arrow › / last page ». || - Advances to page 2 to display the remaining record(s). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_16 || Mailboxes || Hide / Show Totals Toggle || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Link visible at bottom] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Hide totals link at the bottom of the section. 2.<br />3. Click it again to toggle back. || - Hides summary totals from the footer area.<br />- clicking again expands/restores summary totals view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_17 || Mailboxes || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a mailbox row. || - Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the mailbox as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MB_18 || Mailboxes || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing system errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Music ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_MUC_01 || Music || Page Layout & Components || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Music). 2.<br />3. Check main heading, counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers. || - All UI elements render correctly, displaying the correct breadcrumb path and record counter (Music: 3). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_02 || Music || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path. || - Navigates to the corresponding parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_03 || Music || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... link in the top info banner. || - Expands detailed documentation explaining default music on hold and custom music upload functionality. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_04 || Music || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner. || - Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_05 || Music || Quick Filter Search (By Name) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type Test music into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only Test music. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_06 || Music || Quick Filter Search (By Description) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type Asterisk into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only System default. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_07 || Music || Quick Filter Search (No Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type NonExistentTrack into the Filter box. || - Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No music found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_08 || Music || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear all text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to show all records (Music: 3). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_09 || Music || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all 3 row checkboxes in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_10 || Music || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_11 || Music || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select the checkbox for test 1. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected music track and updates record counter (Music: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_12 || Music || Create New Music Profile || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the music creation/upload form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_13 || Music || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_14 || Music || Navigate to Music Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on a music name link (e.g., System default, test 1, or Test music). || - Navigates to the view/edit details page for that music entry. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_15 || Music || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a music entry row. || - Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the music entry as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_MUC_16 || Music || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Pattern menus ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_PM_01 || Pattern menus || Page Layout & Components || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Verify breadcrumbs (Home / Features and tools / Pattern menus). 2.<br />3. Check main heading, counter, action buttons, search filter box, and table headers. || - All UI elements render correctly, displaying the breadcrumb path and record counter (Pattern menus: 3). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_02 || Pattern menus || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Home or Features and tools links in the breadcrumb path. || - Navigates to the corresponding parent section. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_03 || Pattern menus || Info Banner Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click See more... link in the top info banner. || - Expands detailed documentation explaining flexible routing based on called number, calling number.<br />- entered digits. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_04 || Pattern menus || Close Info Banner || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Banner visible] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the X icon on the top right of the banner. || - Info banner is dismissed and hidden from view. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_05 || Pattern menus || Quick Filter Search (By Name) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type pattern into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only test pattern. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_06 || Pattern menus || Quick Filter Search (By Number) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type 23 into the Filter box. || - Table dynamically updates to display only test 23. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_07 || Pattern menus || Quick Filter Search (No Match) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type NonExistentPattern into the Filter box. || - Displays an empty state message (e.g., "No pattern menus found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_08 || Pattern menus || Filter Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Clear all text from the Filter input box. || - Table resets to show all records (Pattern menus: 3). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_09 || Pattern menus || Select All Checkboxes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all 3 row checkboxes in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_10 || Pattern menus || Delete Selected (No Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: No rows checked] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - System displays a warning prompt requiring at least one item selection. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_11 || Pattern menus || Delete Selected (With Selection) || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Row selected] Steps: 1.<br />2. Select the checkbox for test 1. 2.<br />3. Click Delete selected. 3.<br />4. Confirm in deletion popup modal. || - Deletes selected pattern menu and updates record counter (Pattern menus: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_12 || Pattern menus || Create New Pattern Menu || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the pattern menu creation form page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_13 || Pattern menus || Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click NAME or DESCRIPTION column titles. || - Sorts table rows in ascending or descending order based on the selected column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_14 || Pattern menus || Navigate to Menu Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click on a pattern menu name link (e.g., test 1, test 23, or test pattern). || - Navigates to the view/edit details page for that specific pattern menu. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_15 || Pattern menus || Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present] Steps: 1.<br />2. Click the star icon next to a pattern menu row. || - Toggles star icon highlight to mark or unmark the pattern menu as a favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_PM_16 || Pattern menus || Security / Input Sanitization || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('xss')</script> into the Filter input box. || - Input is sanitized safely without executing inline scripts or causing errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== SIP addresses ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC_FLT_01 || SIP addresses || Verify default state of Filter input || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Page loaded] Steps: 1.<br />2. Observe the search box on the top right above the table. || - Search input displays placeholder text Filter with a magnifying glass icon on the left. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_02 || SIP addresses || Filter by exact User/Domain match || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type test@51.75.124.94 in the Filter box. || - Table updates to display only the matching test@51.75.124.94 row.<br />- Record count or view adjusts accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_03 || SIP addresses || Filter by partial domain name || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type enswitch in the Filter box. || - Table filters and shows only test43.enswitch.com@51.75.124.94. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_04 || SIP addresses || Filter by Destination column text || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type test sip address in the Filter box. || - Table filters to show the row containing test sip address under the DESTINATION column. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_05 || SIP addresses || Case-insensitive filter verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type HANG UP CALL or TEST in uppercase into Filter. || - Filter matching is case-insensitive and displays all relevant matching rows. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_06 || SIP addresses || Filter with non-matching search term || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type invalid_user_123 in the Filter box. || - Table displays no rows and shows an appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No matching SIP addresses found"). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_07 || SIP addresses || Clearing the Filter field || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Filter active] Steps: 1.<br />2. Type enswitch to filter. 2.<br />3. Clear all text from the Filter box. || - Table resets and displays all initial records (SIP addresses: 2). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_08 || SIP addresses || Real-time / dynamic filtering verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: Records present in table] Steps: 1.<br />2. Focus on Filter box and type character by character (t -> e -> s -> t). || - Table results dynamically update per keystroke without requiring an explicit submit button or enter key. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC_FLT_09 || SIP addresses || Filter input security & special characters || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. [Precondition: On SIP addresses page] Steps: 1.<br />2. Enter special characters or script tags (e.g., <script>, ' OR '1'='1, %, *) into Filter. || - System safely sanitizes input without crashing, throwing unhandled exceptions, or executing XSS scripts. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Telephone lines ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Telephone lines || Breadcrumb Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Any page loaded.<br />2. Click on Home or Devices and numbers in the breadcrumb path. || - User is navigated directly to the selected breadcrumb level. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Telephone lines || Info Banner Close Button || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Banner visible.<br />2. Click the X close icon on the top right of the banner. || - The banner is dismissed and hidden from the page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Telephone lines || "See more..." Link Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Banner visible.<br />2. Click See more... in the info banner text. || - Expands full explanation/documentation regarding the features. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Total Records Counter || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Page loaded.<br />2. View the SIP addresses: 2 header count. || - Accurately displays the total count of existing SIP addresses. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Quick Filter Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Records present.<br />2. Type enswitch into the Filter box. || - Dynamically filters table rows to show only matching SIP addresses. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Select All Checkbox Toggle || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Records present.<br />2. Click Select all button. || - Checks all available checkboxes in the SIP address list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Delete Selected Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: No items selected.<br />2. Click Delete selected without selecting any rows. || - Displays a warning prompt requiring selection before deletion. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Delete Selected Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Row selected.<br />2. Select a SIP row checkbox, click Delete selected, confirm the deletion popup. || - Deletes the chosen SIP address and updates the total count (SIP addresses: 1). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Telephone lines || Create New SIP Address || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: On SIP page.<br />2. Click New button. || - Navigates to the creation form for a new SIP address. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Column Header Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Records present.<br />2. Click USER@DOMAIN or DESTINATION column titles. || - Toggles table rows between ascending and descending sort order. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Telephone lines || SIP Addresses Toggle Favorite Star || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Records present.<br />2. Click the star icon on any SIP address row. || - Star highlights to mark the SIP record as favorite. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Expand / Hide Filters Panel || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Filter panel visible.<br />2. Click Hide filters accordion button. || - Collapses the search input section.<br />- clicking again re-expands it. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Filter Search Update || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Records present.<br />2. Enter 234568 into Number or description contains: field, click Update button. || - Table filters to show only matching telephone lines and updates the record count. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Filter Blank Reset || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Filter active.<br />2. Clear the text box, click Update. || - Resets table view to show all telephone line records (1 to 5 of 36). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Hardware Details Expansion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Table loaded.<br />2. Click Hardware addresses + link. || - Expands the inline detail row showing hardware/MAC addresses. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-16 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Bulk Action Buttons || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Row selected.<br />2. Select a row, click Re-provision selected, Reboot selected, or Deregister selected. || - Triggers the chosen action on the selected telephone line. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-17 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Table Pagination || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: More than 5 records present.<br />2. Click page number 2, 5, or the last page » (8). || - Loads the corresponding page results and updates the active page indicator. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-18 || Telephone lines || Telephone Lines Other Options Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: On Telephone lines page.<br />2. Click Bulk change, Bulk add, or Regenerate all provisioning files links. || - Navigates to Bulk Change, Bulk Add, or executes provisioning regeneration. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-19 || Telephone lines || Dual-List Controls - Add Selected Items || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Unselected list populated.<br />2. Select items in the bottom box, click ↑ Add selected. || - Moves the selected telephone lines into the upper target box. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-20 || Telephone lines || Dual-List Controls - Remove Selected Items || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Target box populated.<br />2. Select items in the upper box, click ↓ Remove selected. || - Moves the selected items back to the lower available list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-21 || Telephone lines || Bulk Add Groups - Add to Hunt / Page / Pickup Groups || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Options available.<br />2. Select a group (e.g., Marin huntgroup, test 1), click ↑ Add selected. || - Adds the selected group assignment into the target group container. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-22 || Telephone lines || Bulk Settings Toggle Configuration Switches || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Bulk screen open.<br />2. Click toggle switches (Change description, Change password, Forward calls, etc.). || - Switches state between disabled (off) and enabled (on), enabling the related input fields. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-23 || Telephone lines || Bulk Settings Dropdown Configuration || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Dropdowns visible.<br />2. Click dropdowns (Owner, Record group, Do not disturb, Use forwarding) and select a new value. || - Updates the setting selection from "No change" to the newly selected configuration. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-24 || Telephone lines || Bulk Settings Ring Duration Slider || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Slider visible.<br />2. Drag the Ring for: slider from default to the 1 hour position. || - Adjusts the ring duration value dynamically. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-25 || Telephone lines || Bulk Settings Save Bulk Changes || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Target list populated.<br />2. Select lines to change, adjust settings, click Save button. || - Applies the bulk configuration changes across the selected lines with a confirmation message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-26 || Telephone lines || Security - Input Sanitization / XSS Check || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Precondition: Input fields active.<br />2. Enter <script>alert('test')</script> into Filter/Search inputs and submit the search. || - Inputs are safely sanitized without executing scripts or throwing raw backend errors. ||  ||
+|}
+=== System statistics ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || System statistics || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the System statistics section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / System statistics. || - The page title ("System usage"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Show historical data on call volumes for the entire system.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter dropdowns (Show statistics for:, On machine:), date pickers (Start date:, End date:), Search button.<br />- informational note banner ("Please note that statistics are created from a snapshot taken once every minute, so may under-report maximum call volumes.") are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || System statistics || Default Field Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that filter parameters default to correct initial values: Show statistics for: set to "Calls", On machine: set to "All", Start date: set to 09/22/2026, and End date: set to 09/22/2026. || - All expected UI elements for System statistics render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || System statistics || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify additional context expands.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || System statistics || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section.<br />2. click Show filters. || - The filter input controls expand again properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || System statistics || Statistics Type Dropdown Options || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Show statistics for: dropdown. || - System metrics (e.g., Calls, CPS, Bandwidth, CPU utilization) are listed and selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || System statistics || Machine Filter Dropdown Options || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the On machine: dropdown. || - Individual cluster nodes, servers, or "All" options load and function correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || System statistics || Date Picker Control Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the calendar icon on Start date: and End date: fields. || - The date picker widget opens and allows selecting custom valid dates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || System statistics || Date Range Logic Validation - End Date Prior to Start Date || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Configure a Start date: that is after End date: (e.g., Start date: 09/25/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search. || - System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date range error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || System statistics || Invalid Date Input Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-date strings or invalid formats into Start date: or End date:, click Search. || - Date format validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || System statistics || Generate System Usage Report - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using default filter parameters. || - Historical call volume statistics and graphical charts for the entire system render accurately. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || System statistics || Filtered Usage Query - Specific Machine & Metric || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a specific machine node from On machine:, choose a metric from Show statistics for:, click Search. || - Filtered system performance data displays accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || System statistics || Snapshot Note Banner Persistence || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the minute-snapshot informational warning box remains persistently visible below the search controls during date and filter updates. || - All expected UI elements for System statistics render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Taxes ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Taxes || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Taxes section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Taxes. || - The page title ("Taxes"), breadcrumb navigation, total tax count ("Taxes: 3"), description banner ("Define taxes which apply to prices charged to your customers.") with See more... link, Filter input box.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Taxes || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DETAILS, along with the 3 tax records (dtest tax, Marin first charge second tax, Marin first charge test) and their respective details (0%, $0.00 for dtest tax, 20%, $0.05 for Marin first charge second tax, and 10%, $0.10 for Marin first charge test), unselected checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Taxes render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Taxes || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Taxes || Create New Tax Rule || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, enter valid tax configuration details (such as tax name, percentage rate, and fixed charge amount), save. || - The total count updates to 4 and the new tax rule appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Taxes || Duplicate Tax Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a tax rule using an existing name (e.g., dtest tax). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Taxes || Tax Rule Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any tax rule name hyperlink (e.g., Marin first charge second tax). || - Navigation to its configuration page for modifying tax percentages or fixed charge rates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Taxes || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 3 tax rules (dtest tax, Marin first charge second tax, Marin first charge test) become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Taxes || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., dtest tax). || - It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Taxes || Delete Selected Tax Rule with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more tax rules (e.g., dtest tax), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The tax rule is deleted and the count updates to 2. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Taxes || Cancel Tax Rule Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a tax rule, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The record remains intact in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Taxes || Filter Matching Record by Name or Detail || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type Marin or 10% into the Filter box. || - Matching records (e.g., Marin first charge second tax and Marin first charge test) remain visible in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Taxes || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Taxes || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DETAILS column header sort arrows. || - Tax records reorder in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Telephone reports ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Telephone reports || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Telephone reports section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Telephone reports. || - The page title ("Telephone lines"), breadcrumb navigation (Home / Billing and analysis / Telephone reports), description banner ("List all telephone lines in your customers recursively and their registration status.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter input section ("Show telephone lines matching:"), Search: dropdown.<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Telephone reports || Default Field Value Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the Search: dropdown defaults to Any. || - All expected UI elements for Telephone reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Telephone reports || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand full context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Telephone reports || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters. || - The filter section expands again properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Telephone reports || Search Dropdown Options Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Search: dropdown. || - Available telephone line registration statuses and filter categories (e.g., Any, Registered, Unregistered, Locked) load and are selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Telephone reports || Generate Report - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using default filter parameters (Any). || - All telephone lines across all customer and sub-customer accounts are listed along with their registration status. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Telephone reports || Filtered Search Execution - Registration Status || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a specific registration status from the Search: dropdown (e.g., Registered or Unregistered), click Search. || - The resulting table displays only telephone lines matching that registration state. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Telephone reports || No Results Found Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a filter combination with no matching telephone line records, click Search. || - An appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No telephone lines found matching criteria") is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Telephone reports || Report Data Columns Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Once search results load. || - Table columns (e.g., Telephone line/Username, Customer name, Registration status, IP address) render correctly with accurate data. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Time groups ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Time groups || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Time groups section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Times and dates. || - The page title ("Time groups"), breadcrumb navigation, total group count ("Time groups: 5"), description text ("Time groups allow numbers and feature codes to be routed to different destinations at different times.") with See more... link, Filter input box.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Time groups || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays all 5 time group records (test 1, test 13, test 2, test 3, test_timegroup) along with their respective descriptions (test for test 1, empty for test 13, test for test 2, for ticket #7904 for test 3, and empty for test_timegroup), checkboxes, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Time groups render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Time groups || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the description banner to confirm that additional details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right corner. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Time groups || Create New Time Group || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, fill in valid time slot configurations and group details, save. || - The group count increments to 6 and the new time group appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Time groups || Duplicate Time Group Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a time group with an existing name (e.g., test 1). || - Validation prevents duplicate entry with an error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Time groups || Time Group Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any time group name hyperlink (e.g., test 3). || - Navigation to its configuration page to modify time intervals, dates, or routing rules. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Time groups || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 5 listed time groups become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Time groups || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test_timegroup). || - It toggles correctly and enables the Delete selected button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Time groups || Delete Selected Time Group with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more time groups (e.g., test 13), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The items are removed and the total count updates accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Time groups || Cancel Time Group Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a time group, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The selected group remains unchanged in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Time groups || Filter Matching Record by Name or Description || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type 7904 or test 2 into the Filter box. || - Only matching records (e.g., test 3 or test 2) are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Time groups || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - The table hides all rows and displays an empty state message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Time groups || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header arrows. || - Records sort in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Top lists ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Top lists || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Top lists section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Top lists. || - The page title ("Top lists"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Shows call activity by called number, call duration, call cost, or outbound group for a defined date range.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, filter input fields (Show:, Start date:, Start time:, End date:, End time:, Leg direction:, Maximum results: slider).<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Top lists || Default Field Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that filter parameters default to correct values: Show: set to "Called numbers by number of calls", Start date: set to 09/22/2026, Start time: set to 00:00:00, End date: set to 09/22/2026, End time: set to 23:59:59, Leg direction: set to "Any", and Maximum results: slider set to 10 (with range 1 to 100). || - All expected UI elements for Top lists render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Top lists || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Top lists || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters. || - The filter section expands again properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Top lists || Category Dropdown Verification - Show Options || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Show: dropdown. || - All call activity criteria (e.g., Called numbers by number of calls, Call duration, Call cost, Outbound group) are listed and selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Top lists || Leg Direction Dropdown Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Leg direction: dropdown. || - Call direction options (e.g., Any, Inbound, Outbound) load and function correctly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Top lists || Slider Adjustment - Maximum Results || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Drag the Maximum results: slider between minimum (1) and maximum (100) values. || - Smooth adjustment and accurate numerical indicator updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Top lists || Time Picker Stepper Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the + and - stepper buttons on Start time: and End time: fields. || - Hour, minute.<br />- second values increment and decrement accurately. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Top lists || Date & Time Validation - End Range Before Start || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Configure an End date: and End time: combination chronologically prior to Start date: and Start time:, click Search. || - System validation blocks submission with an appropriate date/time range error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Top lists || Generate Top Lists Report - Default Parameters || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using default filter parameters. || - The top 10 call activity records for the current date render accurately in the results table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Top lists || Filtered Top Lists Query || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Change Show: to "Call duration", set Leg direction: to "Outbound", adjust Maximum results: to 25, click Search. || - Top 25 outbound call duration records display accordingly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Top lists || No Data State Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a date/time range with no recorded call activity, click Search. || - An empty state message (e.g., "No call activity found for selected criteria") is displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Traces ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Traces || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Traces section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Traces. || - The page title ("Traces"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Traces: 4"), description banner ("Traces are useful to debug telephony problems.") with See more... link, Filter input field.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Refresh list, New) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Traces || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers TRACE START, MACHINE and SIZE, along with the 4 trace file records (2026-02-06 04:58:11am on test44, 2026-02-06 10:59:04am on test44, 2026-02-06 11:01:18am on test44, 2026-07-14 12:02:56pm on test44) with their corresponding sizes (191.3kB, 729.9kB, 572.5kB, 1.3MB), document preview icons, unselected checkboxes, and Download links. || - All expected UI elements for Traces render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Traces || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Traces || Create New SIP/Telephony Trace || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, configure trace parameters (such as target IP address, telephone line, SIP interface, or capture duration), start the capture. || - The trace status updates and saves upon completion. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Traces || Refresh Traces List || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Refresh list. || - The system queries the server to refresh active/completed trace files without reloading the full web page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Traces || Download Trace File || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Download link next to any trace file record (e.g., Download next to 191.3kB). || - The .pcap or log file downloads successfully to the local device. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Traces || View/Preview Trace Details || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the document icon or trace name link to open the trace detail viewer to analyze SIP headers and call flow ladders. || - View/Preview Trace Details completes successfully and the system behaves as described in the test steps.<br />- The result is accurate, matches the expected business rule, and no errors are displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Traces || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all 4 trace records become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Traces || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific trace record. || - It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Traces || Delete Selected Traces with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more trace records, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The selected trace files are permanently deleted from the system and the total count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Traces || Cancel Trace Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a trace record, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The file remains intact. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Traces || Filter Matching Record by Date or Machine || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type 2026-07-14 or test44 into the Filter box. || - Matching records remain visible in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Traces || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Traces || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the TRACE START, MACHINE and SIZE column header sort arrows. || - Trace records reorder in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Transactions ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Transactions || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Transactions section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / Transactions. || - The page title ("Transactions for My customer"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("Shows changes to customers' balances which are not associated with calls.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section header ("Show transactions matching:"), filter input controls (Customer:, Start date:, End date:, Minimum absolute amount ($):, Maximum absolute amount ($):, Include taxes in cost: toggle).<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Transactions || Default Field Values Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that filter parameters default to correct values: Customer: set to "My customer", Start date: set to 09/22/2026, End date: set to 09/22/2026, Minimum absolute amount ($): set to 0.00, Maximum absolute amount ($): set to No limit, and Include taxes in cost: toggle set to ON. || - All expected UI elements for Transactions render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Transactions || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Transactions || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the search filter panel.<br />2. click Show filters. || - The filter section expands again properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Transactions || Customer Selection Dropdown || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Customer: dropdown. || - Available customer options load properly and allow changing customer context for transaction filtering. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Transactions || Date Picker Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the calendar icon on Start date: and End date: fields. || - The date picker widget opens and allows selecting custom valid dates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Transactions || Date Range Logic Validation - End Range Before Start || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Configure a Start date: that is after End date: (e.g., Start date: 09/25/2026 and End date: 09/22/2026), click Search. || - System validation blocks form submission with an appropriate date range error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Transactions || Numeric Input Validation - Absolute Amounts || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter non-numeric or alphabetical characters into Minimum absolute amount ($): or Maximum absolute amount ($):, click Search. || - Numerical formatting validation triggers. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Transactions || Amount Threshold Logic Validation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a Minimum absolute amount ($): that exceeds the Maximum absolute amount ($): (e.g., Min: $100.00, Max: $50.00), click Search. || - Validation prevents execution due to invalid range bounds. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Transactions || Include Taxes Toggle Functionality || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Toggle Include taxes in cost: to OFF, click Search. || - Transaction amounts reflect net cost excluding taxes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Transactions || Generate Transactions Report - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using default filter parameters. || - All non-call balance transactions for the selected customer render accurately in the results table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Transactions || No Transactions Found Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a date range or amount filter with no recorded activity, click Search. || - An empty state message (e.g., "No transactions found matching criteria") is displayed. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Unlimited access ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Unlimited access || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Unlimited access section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Unlimited access. || - The page title ("Unlimited access numbers"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Unlimited access numbers: 1"), description banner ("Unlimited access numbers allow you to make a profit on the margin between inbound calls and outbound calls.") with See more... link, Filter input field.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Unlimited access || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the record dtest unlimited, an unselected checkbox, an empty description, and a favorite star icon. || - All expected UI elements for Unlimited access render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Unlimited access || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Unlimited access || Create New Unlimited Access Number || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, enter valid configuration details (such as access number, destination, or rate plan settings), save. || - The total count updates to 2 and the new access number appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Unlimited access || Duplicate Access Number Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create an unlimited access entry using an existing name (e.g., dtest unlimited). || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Unlimited access || Access Number Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the hyperlink dtest unlimited. || - Navigation to its configuration page for modifying routing or access rules. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Unlimited access || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - The checkbox for dtest unlimited becomes selected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Unlimited access || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to dtest unlimited. || - It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Unlimited access || Delete Selected Access Number with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select dtest unlimited, click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The entry is deleted and the count updates to 0. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Unlimited access || Cancel Access Number Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select dtest unlimited, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - Dtest unlimited remains in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Unlimited access || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type dtest into the Filter box. || - Dtest unlimited remains visible in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Unlimited access || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Unlimited access || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows. || - Records reorder in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+=== User reports ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || User reports || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the User reports section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / User reports. || - The page title ("User reports"), breadcrumb navigation (Home / Billing and analysis / User reports), description banner ("Report on users and the role (permissions) granted to each.") with See more... link, Hide filters toggle, section label ("Show people matching:"), Role: dropdown control.<br />- Search button are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || User reports || Default Field Value Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the Role: dropdown defaults to Any. || - All expected UI elements for User reports render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || User reports || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || User reports || Toggle Filter Controls || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to collapse the filter section.<br />2. click Show filters. || - The filter panel expands again properly. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || User reports || Role Dropdown Options Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Role: dropdown. || - All defined user roles and permission groups (e.g., Any, Administrator, Customer, Reseller, Read-only) load and are selectable. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || User reports || Generate Report - Default Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Search using the default selection (Role: Any). || - All system users along with their assigned roles and permissions render in the results table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || User reports || Filtered Search Execution - Specific Role || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a specific role from the Role: dropdown (e.g., Administrator or Customer), click Search. || - The resulting table displays only users assigned to that selected role. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || User reports || No Results Found Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a role that has no assigned users, click Search. || - An appropriate empty state message (e.g., "No users found matching criteria") is displayed. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || User reports || Report Data Columns Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Once user report results load. || - Table columns (e.g., Username, Full Name, Assigned Role, Permissions Summary, Status) render accurately with expected user data. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Users ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Users || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Users section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Users and account / Users. || - The page title ("Users for customer Integrics Test 4.4"), breadcrumb navigation, total user count ("Users: 1 to 5 of 28"), description banner ("A user is anyone allowed to log into the web interface and use the JSON API.") with See more... link, search filter controls (Hide filters toggle, Username or name contains: input, Update button), action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, Delete selected and their features, Export as .csv, Import, New), pagination controls (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ..., ›, » (6)).<br />- table columns (USERNAME, NAME, Switch links) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Users || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays 5 user records (acunningham@integrics.com, copy, dcunningham@voisonics.com, developer, dtest10) with their corresponding full names (Mr.<br />2. Alistair Cunningham, Numan Saleem, Mr.<br />3. David Cunningham, Mr.<br />4. Numan Saleem, empty for dtest10), unselected checkboxes, favorite star/folder icons, and active Switch links. || - All expected UI elements for Users render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Users || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to expand context details.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Users || Filter / Search Functionality || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Enter a search string (e.g., Cunningham or developer) into Username or name contains:, click Update. || - The list updates to display only matching user records. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Users || Filter Reset / Clear Search || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Clear the Username or name contains: input box, click Update. || - All 28 users are accessible across pagination. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Users || Toggle Filter Visibility || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Hide filters to ensure the filter section collapses.<br />2. click Show filters. || - It expands again. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Users || Pagination Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click page numbers 2 through 5, next (›), or last (» (6)) arrows. || - Navigation across all 28 users. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Users || Create New User || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, fill in valid user details, save. || - The total user count updates to 29 and the new user appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Users || User Detail Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any username hyperlink (e.g., acunningham@integrics.com). || - Navigation to that user's profile and settings page. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Users || Switch User Account || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Switch link next to a user record (e.g., Switch next to developer). || - The administrator impersonates/switches to that user session. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Users || Export Users as CSV || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Export as .csv. || - A .csv file containing the user list and account details downloads successfully. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Users || Import Users Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Import. || - Navigation to the user import interface (Home / Users and account / Import users). ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Users || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for all current page users become selected. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-14 || Users || Delete Selected Users Only || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select specific users (e.g., dtest10), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The user account is deleted while leaving associated features (lines, mailboxes) intact. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-15 || Users || Delete Selected Users AND Their Features || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select specific users, click Delete selected and their features, confirm the warning prompt. || - Both the user accounts and all mapped features (e.g., telephone lines, mailboxes) are removed from the system. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-16 || Users || Cancel User Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a user, click Delete selected or Delete selected and their features, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - No accounts or features are deleted. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-17 || Users || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the USERNAME and NAME column header sort arrows. || - Records sort in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+=== View rate plan ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || View rate plan || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the View rate plan section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Billing and analysis / View rate plan. || - The page title ("View rate plan"), breadcrumb navigation, description banner ("View details of the call prices that apply to you.") with See more... link, section header ("Choose what to view:").<br />- selection links (Fees, Inbound call costs, Outbound call costs, Outbound call costs by destination number) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || View rate plan || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || View rate plan || Fees Link Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Fees hyperlink. || - It opens the breakdown of fixed, recurring, or service fees associated with the active rate plan. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || View rate plan || Inbound Call Costs Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Inbound call costs hyperlink. || - It displays the tariff structure and rates for incoming call traffic. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || View rate plan || Outbound Call Costs Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Outbound call costs hyperlink. || - It navigates to the standard outbound calling rates breakdown grouped by prefix/region. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || View rate plan || Outbound Call Costs by Destination Number Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the Outbound call costs by destination number hyperlink. || - It opens the search/lookup tool to query specific destination numbers for exact per-minute rates. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Vouchers ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Vouchers || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Vouchers section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Customers / Vouchers. || - The page title ("Voucher batches"), breadcrumb navigation, total batch count ("Voucher batches: 2"), description banner ("Vouchers allow you to sell pre-paid services and customers can top up their balance via the web or telephone.") with See more... link, Filter input field.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are properly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Vouchers || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays column headers NAME and DESCRIPTION, along with the 2 voucher batch records (2021-07-30 19:14:15, 2021-07-30 19:15:08), unselected checkboxes, empty descriptions, favorite star icons, and active Vouchers links. || - All expected UI elements for Vouchers render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Vouchers || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to verify context details expand.<br />2. click the X icon in the upper right. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Vouchers || Create New Voucher Batch || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, enter valid voucher batch parameters (such as number of vouchers, voucher value/currency, and expiration date), save. || - The total batch count updates to 3 and the new batch appears in the table. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Vouchers || Duplicate Voucher Batch Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to generate a batch with an existing batch identifier. || - System validation prevents duplicate creation with an appropriate error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Vouchers || Voucher Batch Detail Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any batch name hyperlink (e.g., 2021-07-30 19:14:15) or its corresponding Vouchers link. || - Navigation to the list of individual top-up vouchers generated under that batch. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Vouchers || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - Checkboxes for both voucher batches (2021-07-30 19:14:15, 2021-07-30 19:15:08) become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Vouchers || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., 2021-07-30 19:14:15). || - It toggles correctly and activates the Delete selected button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Vouchers || Delete Selected Voucher Batch with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more voucher batches (e.g., 2021-07-30 19:15:08), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The batch and its associated unused vouchers are deleted and total count updates to 1. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Vouchers || Cancel Voucher Batch Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a voucher batch, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The batch remains intact in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Vouchers || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type 19:14 into the Filter box. || - Only 2021-07-30 19:14:15 remains visible in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Vouchers || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Vouchers || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows. || - Voucher batch records reorder in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+=== Web URLs ===
+{| class="wikitable" style="width:100%;"
+! Test Case ID !! Feature/Module !! Test Description !! Preconditions !! Test Steps !! Expected Result !! Status !! Notes
+|-
+| TC-01 || Web URLs || UI Verification || User is logged in with valid credentials and has the necessary permissions to access the Web URLs section. || 1. Navigate to Home / Features and tools / Web URLs. || - The page title ("Web URLs"), breadcrumb navigation, total count ("Web URLs: 3"), description banner ("Have an external web URL dynamically determine how a call should be routed.") with See more... link, Filter input field.<br />- action buttons (Select all, Delete selected, New) are correctly rendered. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-02 || Web URLs || Data Verification || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Verify that the table displays all 3 Web URL records (test, test1, test2) with unselected checkboxes, empty description columns, and favorite star icons. || - All expected UI elements for Web URLs render correctly, are properly aligned, and match the intended design.<br />- No visual defects, overlaps, or truncated text are present. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-03 || Web URLs || Banner Interaction || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the See more... link in the top description banner to ensure additional details expand.<br />2. click the X icon. || - The banner closes. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-04 || Web URLs || Create New Web URL || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the New button, enter valid URL endpoints and routing configuration details, save. || - The count updates to 4 and the new entry appears in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-05 || Web URLs || Duplicate Web URL Handling || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click New, attempt to create a entry with an existing name (e.g., test). || - Validation prevents duplicate creation with an error message. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-06 || Web URLs || Web URL Detail/Edit Navigation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click any Web URL hyperlink (e.g., test1). || - Navigation to its configuration page to modify target URLs, timeout settings, or failover destinations. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-07 || Web URLs || Bulk Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click Select all. || - All checkboxes for test, test1.<br />- test2 become selected simultaneously. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-08 || Web URLs || Individual Selection || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the checkbox next to a specific record (e.g., test2). || - It toggles correctly and enables the Delete selected button. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-09 || Web URLs || Delete Selected Web URL with Confirmation || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select one or more items (e.g., test), click Delete selected, confirm the prompt. || - The record is removed and the total count updates. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-10 || Web URLs || Cancel Web URL Deletion || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Select a Web URL, click Delete selected, click Cancel on the confirmation dialog. || - The record remains in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-11 || Web URLs || Filter Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type test1 into the Filter box. || - Only test1 remains visible in the list. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-12 || Web URLs || Filter Non-Matching Record || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Type xyz into the Filter box. || - All records are hidden and an empty state message is shown. ||  ||
+|-
+| TC-13 || Web URLs || Column Sorting || User is logged into the application with valid, active credentials. || 1. Click the NAME and DESCRIPTION column header sort arrows. || - Records reorder in ascending and descending order. ||  ||
+|}
+== Test Case Maintenance ==
+* Keep test cases in this Wiki page as the shared reference for the team.
+* When a test case changes, update the existing test case rather than creating duplicate versions in different locations.
+* When a new defect or scenario is identified and it is not covered by the existing test cases, add a corresponding test case.
+* Keep the test steps and expected results specific enough that another team member can execute the test consistently.

Test Plan: Difference between revisions

Numan (talk | contribs)

Latest revision as of 13:00, 28 September 2026

Enswitch Test Cases

How to use the test cases

Test Case Status

Test Cases

Login

Profile Dropdown

Dashboard

Active Calls

Analytics

Call History

Control Panel

Make a Call

Send a Fax

Send a Message

Send emails

All mailboxes

Faxes

Text Message

Voice Mails

Feature Codes

Feature Prefixes

Numbers

Speed Dials

Provisioning Templates

Remote Access

Add user with features

Alerts

Audit log

Call shop

Calling cards

Commerce

Commercial reports

Conferences

Customer reports

Customer settings

Customers

Files

Hunt groups

Import users and features

Invoices

Page groups

Payment

Pickup groups

Products

Queues

Rate plans

Requests

Search

Sounds

Support

Bulk dialer

Call recording

Caller-id groups

Classes of service

IVR menus

Mailboxes

Music

Pattern menus

SIP addresses

Telephone lines

System statistics

Taxes

Telephone reports

Time groups

Top lists

Traces

Transactions

Unlimited access

User reports

Users

View rate plan

Vouchers

Web URLs

Test Case Maintenance

Navigation menu

Search